EP1979055A2 - Use of protein microbeads in cosmetics - Google Patents

Use of protein microbeads in cosmetics

Info

Publication number
EP1979055A2
EP1979055A2 EP07712054A EP07712054A EP1979055A2 EP 1979055 A2 EP1979055 A2 EP 1979055A2 EP 07712054 A EP07712054 A EP 07712054A EP 07712054 A EP07712054 A EP 07712054A EP 1979055 A2 EP1979055 A2 EP 1979055A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
protein
microbeads
microbead
phase
acid
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
EP07712054A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Burghard Liebmann
Marcus Fehr
Arne Ptock
Thomas Scheibel
Daniel HÜMMERICH
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
BASF SE
Original Assignee
BASF SE
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by BASF SE filed Critical BASF SE
Priority to EP07712054A priority Critical patent/EP1979055A2/en
Publication of EP1979055A2 publication Critical patent/EP1979055A2/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/16Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
    • A61K9/1605Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/1629Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/1658Proteins, e.g. albumin, gelatin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/30Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
    • A61K47/42Proteins; Polypeptides; Degradation products thereof; Derivatives thereof, e.g. albumin, gelatin or zein
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/02Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K8/0241Containing particulates characterized by their shape and/or structure
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/31Hydrocarbons
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/64Proteins; Peptides; Derivatives or degradation products thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/67Vitamins
    • A61K8/671Vitamin A; Derivatives thereof, e.g. ester of vitamin A acid, ester of retinol, retinol, retinal
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2800/00Properties of cosmetic compositions or active ingredients thereof or formulation aids used therein and process related aspects
    • A61K2800/40Chemical, physico-chemical or functional or structural properties of particular ingredients
    • A61K2800/56Compounds, absorbed onto or entrapped into a solid carrier, e.g. encapsulated perfumes, inclusion compounds, sustained release forms

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the use of protein microbeads in cosmetics, in particular in skin cosmetics
  • EP 1 110534 describes a cosmetic product of ultrafine crystalline silk powder which is prepared by treating silk under alkaline conditions at a temperature above 100 ° C. and subsequent mechanical comminution.
  • the present invention relates in a first embodiment to the use of protein microbeads in cosmetics.
  • Protein microbeads consist of polypeptides composed of amino acids, in particular of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids.
  • the amino acids may also be modified, for example, acetylated, glycosylated, farnesylated.
  • the protein microbeads have a globular shape with an average particle diameter of 0.1 to 100, in particular from 0.5 to 20, preferably from 1 to 5 and particularly preferably from 2 to 4 microns.
  • Protein microbeads can preferably be prepared by the method described below:
  • the protein is dissolved in a first solvent.
  • aqueous salt solutions can be used.
  • highly concentrated salt solutions with a concentration greater than 2, in particular greater than 4 and particularly preferably greater than 5 molar, whose ions have more pronounced chaotropic properties than sodium and chloride ions.
  • An example of such a saline solution is 6 M guanidinium thiocyanate or 9 M lithium bromide.
  • organic solvents can be used to dissolve the proteins.
  • fluorinated alcohols or cyclic hydrocarbons are suitable. Examples are hexafluoroisopropanol and cyclohexane.
  • the preparation of the protein microbeads can be carried out in the solvents described.
  • this solvent can be replaced by another solvent, for example, low-concentration salt solutions (c ⁇ 0.5 M) by dialysis or dilution.
  • the final concentration of the dissolved protein should be between 0.1 - 100 mg / ml.
  • the temperature at which the process is carried out is usually 0-80, preferably 5 -50 and more preferably 10 - 40 ° C.
  • aqueous solutions may also be mixed with a buffer, preferably in the range from pH 4 to 10, particularly preferably 5 to 9, very particularly preferably 6 to 8.5.
  • a buffer preferably in the range from pH 4 to 10, particularly preferably 5 to 9, very particularly preferably 6 to 8.5.
  • Addition of an additive induces phase separation. This results in a protein-rich phase emulsified in the mixture of solvent and additive. Due to surface effects, emulsified protein-rich droplets take on a round shape.
  • the average diameter of the protein microbeads can be adjusted to values between 0.1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m.
  • an additive it is possible to use all substances which, on the one hand, are miscible with the first solvent and, on the other hand, induce the formation of a protein-rich phase.
  • organic substances having a lower polarity than the solvent e.g. Toluene.
  • salts can be used as an additive whose ions have more pronounced cosmotropic properties than sodium and chloride ions (e.g., ammonium sulfate, potassium phosphate).
  • the final concentration of the additive should be between 1% and 50% by weight, based on the protein solution, depending on the type of additive.
  • the protein-rich droplets are fixed by curing, whereby the round shape is retained.
  • the fixation is based on the formation of strong intermolecular interactions.
  • the nature of the interactions may be noncovalent, eg by the formation of intermolecular ⁇ -sheet crystals or covalent, eg by chemical crosslinking.
  • the curing can be carried out by the additive and / or by the addition of another suitable substance.
  • the curing takes place at temperatures between 0 and 80 ° C, preferably between 5 and 60 ° C.
  • This further substance can be a chemical cross-linker.
  • a chemical cross-linker is understood to mean a molecule in which at least two chemically reactive groups are connected to one another via a linker.
  • sulfhydryl-reactive groups for example maleimides, pydridyl disulfides, ⁇ -haloacetyls, vinyl sulfones, sulfatoalkyl sulfones (preferably sulfatoethyl sulfones)
  • amine-reactive groups for example succinimidyl esters, carbodiimde, hydroxymethyl phosphine, imido esters, PFP esters, aldehydes, isothiocyanates, etc .
  • Carboxy-reactive groups eg, amines, etc.
  • hydroxyl-reactive groups eg, isocyanates, etc.
  • unselective groups eg, arylazides, etc.
  • photoactivatable groups eg, perfluorophenyl azide, etc.
  • the stabilized microbeads are washed with a suitable further solvent, e.g. Water and then dried by methods known to those skilled in the art, e.g. by lyophilization or spray drying.
  • a suitable further solvent e.g. Water
  • the success of the sphere formation is checked by scanning electron microscopy.
  • Suitable proteins for the production of protein microbeads are proteins which are predominantly intrinsically unfolded in aqueous solution.
  • this condition can be calculated using an algorithm based on the ILJpred program (http://iupred.enzim.hu/index.html; The Pairwise Energy Content Estimated from Amino Acid Composition Discriminates between Folded and Intrinsically Unstructured Zsuzsanna Dosztanyi, Veronika Csizm ⁇ k, Peter Tompa and Istvan Simon, J. Mol. Biol. (2005) 347, 827-839).
  • a predominantly intrinsically unfolded state is assumed when a value> 0.5 is calculated for over 50% of the amino acid residues according to this algorithm (prediction type: long disorder).
  • Suitable proteins for the production of protein microbeads are silk proteins. By this we mean below those proteins which contain highly repetitive amino acid sequences and are stored in the animal in a liquid form and in whose secretion by shearing or spinning fibers are formed. (Craig, C.L. (1997) Evolution of arthropod silks. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 42: 231-67).
  • Particularly suitable proteins for the production of protein microbeads are spinel silk proteins, which in their original form could be isolated from spiders.
  • Especially suitable proteins are silk proteins which could be isolated from the "major ampullate" gland of spiders.
  • Preferred silk proteins are ADF3 and ADF4 from the "major ampullate" gland of Araneus diadematus (Guerette et al., Science 272, 5258: 112-5 (1996)).
  • Equally suitable proteins for the production of protein microbeads are natural or synthetic proteins which are derived from natural silk proteins and which have been produced heterologously in prokaryotic or eukaryotic expression systems using genetic engineering methods.
  • prokaryotic expression organisms are Escherichia coli, Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus megaterium, Corynebacterium glutamicum, etc.
  • eukaryotic expression organisms are yeasts such as Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris and others, filamentous fungi such as Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae and Aspergillus nidulans.
  • Trichoderma reesei, Acremonium chrysogenum and others mammalian cells, such as Heia cells, COS cells, CHO cells and others, insect cells, such as Sf9 cells, MEL cells and others.
  • synthetic proteins which are based on repeat units of natural silk proteins.
  • these may additionally contain one or more natural non-repetitive silk protein sequences (Winkler and Kaplan, J Biotechnol 74: 85-93 (2000)).
  • synthetic spider silk proteins which are based on repeat units of natural spider silk proteins. In addition to the synthetic repetitive spider silk protein sequences, these may additionally contain one or more natural non-repetitive spider silk protein sequences.
  • synthetic spider silk proteins the sg. C16 protein (Huemmerich et al., Biochemistry, 43 (42): 13604-13612 (2004)). This protein has the polypeptide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1. In addition to the polypeptide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, particularly functional equivalents, functional derivatives and salts of this sequence are also preferred.
  • “functional equivalents” are in particular also understood as meaning mutants which have a different amino acid than the one specifically mentioned in at least one sequence position of the abovementioned amino acid sequences but nevertheless possess one of the abovementioned biological properties or multiple amino acid additions, substitutions, deletions and / or inversions of available mutants, said changes may occur in any sequence position, as long as they lead to a mutant with the property profile according to the invention. Functional equivalence is given in particular even if the reactivity patterns between the mutant and the unchanged polypeptide match qualitatively.
  • Precursors are natural or synthetic precursors of the polypeptides with or without the desired biological activity.
  • Salts are understood as meaning both salts of carboxyl groups and acid addition salts of amino groups of the protein molecules according to the invention.
  • Sacks of carboxyl groups can be prepared in a manner known per se and include inorganic salts, such as, for example, sodium, calcium and ammonium salts. , Iron and zinc salts, and salts with organic bases, such as amines, such as triethanolamine, arginine, lysine, piperidine, etc.
  • Acid addition salts such as salts with mineral acids, such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid and salts with organic acids, such as acetic acid and Oxalic acid are also the subject of the invention.
  • “Functional derivatives” of polypeptides of the invention may also be produced at functional amino acid side groups or at their N- or C-terminal end by known techniques
  • Such derivatives include, for example, aliphatic esters of carboxylic acid groups, amides of carboxylic acid groups obtainable by reaction with ammonia or with a primary or secondary amine; N-acyl derivatives of free amino groups prepared by reaction with acyl groups; or O-acyl derivatives of free hydroxy groups prepared by reaction with acyl groups.
  • protein microbeads consisting of couplings of a protein (i) and an effector molecule (ii).
  • protein (i) all the above-mentioned proteins are suitable.
  • the protein (i) can either already be present as a protein microbead and then be coupled with an effector molecule (ii), or the protein (i) is not present as a protein microbead and is coupled with the effector molecule (ii) and only Subsequently, the coupled molecule is transferred into a protein microbead or the coupling takes place during the phase separation.
  • Effector molecules (N) Effector molecules
  • effector molecule refers to molecules which have a certain, predictable effect. These can be either proteinaceous molecules, such as enzymes or else non-proteinogenic molecules such as dyes, light stabilizers, vitamins, provitamins, antioxidants and fatty acids, conditioners or metal-containing compounds.
  • effector molecules oxidases, peroxidases, proteases, glucanases, mutanase, tyrosinases, laccases, metal-binding enzymes, lactoperoxidase, lysozyme, amyloglycosidase, glucose oxidase, superoxide dismutase, photolyase, T4 endonuclease, catalase, Thioredoxin, thioredoxin reductase.
  • effector molecules antimicrobial peptides, hydrophobins, collagen, carotenoid-binding proteins, heavy metal-binding proteins, odorant-binding proteins, cellulose-binding proteins, starch-binding proteins, keratin-binding proteins.
  • proteinaceous effector molecules (ii) are hydrolysates of proteins from plant and animal sources, for example hydrolyzates of proteins of marine origin.
  • carotenoids are preferred.
  • carotenoids are to be understood as meaning the following compounds and their esterified or glycosylated derivatives: .beta.-carotene, lycopene, lutein, astaxanthin, zeaxanthin, cryptoxanthin, citranaxanthin, canthaxanthin, bixin, .beta.-apo-4-carotenal, .beta.-apo 8 -carotinal, ⁇ -apo-8-carotenoic acid ester, neurospores, echinenone, adonirubin, violaxxin, torules, torularhodin, singly or as a mixture.
  • Preferably used carotenoids are ⁇ -carotene, lycopene, lutein, astaxanthin, zeaxanthin, citranaxanthin and canthaxanthin.
  • Further preferred effector molecules (ii) are UV light protection filters.
  • organic substances which are able to absorb ultraviolet rays and absorb the absorbed energy in the form of longer-wave radiation, e.g. Heat, give it up again.
  • the organic substances may be oil-soluble or water-soluble.
  • oil-soluble UV-B filters for example, the following substances can be used: 3-benzylidene camphor and its derivatives, eg 3- (4-methylbenzylidene) camphor;
  • 4-aminobenzoic acid derivatives preferably 2-ethylhexyl 4- (dimethylamino) benzoate, 2-octyl 4- (dimethylamino) benzoate and 4- (dimethylamino) benzoic acid ester;
  • esters of cinnamic acid preferably 2-ethylhexyl 4-methoxycinnamate, 4-propyl methoxy cinnamate, isoamyl 4-methoxycinnamate, 4-isoacetyl methoxycinnamate, 2-cyano-3-phenylcinnamic acid 2-ethylhexyl ester (octocrylene);
  • Esters of salicylic acid preferably 2-ethylhexyl salicylate, 4-isopropylbenzyl salicylate, homomenthyl salicylate;
  • benzophenone preferably 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-4'-methylbenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone;
  • Esters of benzalmalonic acid preferably di-2-ethylhexyl 4-methoxybenzmalonate
  • Triazine derivatives such as 2,4,6-trianilino- (p-carbo-2'-ethyl-1 '-hexyloxy) -1, 3,5-triazine (octyl tyltriazone) and Dioctyl Butamido Triazone (Uvasorb HEB ®):
  • Propane-1,3-diones e.g. 1- (4-tert-butylphenyl) -3- (4'-methoxyphenyl) propane-1,3-dione.
  • Suitable water-soluble substances are:
  • Sulfonic acid derivatives of benzophenones preferably 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone-5-sulfonic acid and its salts;
  • Sulfonic acid derivatives of the 3-benzylidene camphor e.g. 4- (2-Oxo-3-bornylidenemethyl) benzenesulfonic acid and 2-methyl-5- (2-oxo-3-bomylidene) -sulfonic acid and its salts.
  • esters of cinnamic acid preferably 2-ethylhexyl A-methoxycinnamate, isopentyl 4-methoxycinnamate, 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3-phenylcinnamate (octocrylene).
  • Typical UV-A filters are:
  • benzoylmethane such as 1- (4'-tert-butylphenyl) -3- (4'-methoxyphenyl) propane-1,3-dione, 4-tert-butyl-4'-methoxydibenzoylmethane or 1-phenyl-3 - (4'-isopropylphenyl) -propane-1,3-dione;
  • Amino-hydroxy-substituted derivatives of benzophenones e.g. N, N-diethylamino-hydroxybenzoyl-n-hexylbenzoate.
  • UV-A and UV-B filters can also be used in mixtures.
  • Suitable UV filter substances are mentioned in the following table.
  • secondary light stabilizers of the antioxidant type which interrupt the photochemical reaction chain which is triggered when UV radiation penetrates into the skin.
  • these are superoxide dismutase, catalase, tocopherols (vitamin E), coenzyme Q10, ubiquinones, quinones and ascorbic acid (vitamin C).
  • anti-irritants that have an anti-inflammatory effect on UV-damaged skin.
  • Such substances are, for example, bisabolol, phytol and phytantriol.
  • effector molecules (ii) are also inorganic pigments that stop UV radiation.
  • pigments based on metal oxides and / or other sparingly water-soluble or insoluble metal compounds selected from the group consisting of the oxides of zinc (ZnO), titanium (TiO 2), iron (eg Fe 2 O 3), zirconium (ZrO 2), silicon (SiO 2), Manganese (eg MnO), aluminum (Al2O3), Cers (eg Ce2O3), mixed oxides of the corresponding metals and mixtures of such oxides.
  • the inorganic pigments may be present in coated form, i. that they are superficially treated.
  • This surface treatment can be, for example, that the pigments are provided in a manner known per se, as described in DE-A-33 14 742, with a thin hydrophobic layer.
  • effector molecules (ii) are vitamins, especially vitamin A and their esters.
  • retinoids in the context of the present invention is meant vitamin A alcohol (retinol) and its derivatives such as vitamin A aldehyde (retinal), vitamin A acid (retinoic acid) and vitamin A esters (e.g., retinyl acetate, retinyl propionate and retinyl palmitate).
  • retinoic acid encompasses both all-trans retinoic acid and 13-cis retinoic acid.
  • the terms retinol and retinal preferably include all-trans compounds.
  • the preferred retinoid used for the suspensions according to the invention is all-trans-retinol, referred to below as retinol.
  • Further preferred effector molecules (ii) are vitamins, provitamins and vitamin precursors from groups A, C, E and F, in particular 3,4-didehydroretinol, .beta.-carotene (Provitamin of vitamin A), ascorbic acid (vitamin C), and the palmitic acid esters, glucosides or phosphates of ascorbic acid, tocopherols, in particular ⁇ -tocopherol and its esters, for example the acetate, the nicotinate, the phosphate and the succinate; vitamin F, which is understood as meaning essential fatty acids, especially linoleic acid, linolenic acid and arachidonic acid.
  • vitamins, provitamins and vitamin precursors from groups A, C, E and F in particular 3,4-didehydroretinol, .beta.-carotene (Provitamin of vitamin A), ascorbic acid (vitamin C), and the palmitic acid esters, glucosides or
  • vitamins, provitamins or vitamin precursors of the vitamin B group or derivatives thereof which are preferably to be used according to the invention and the derivatives of 2-furanone include, inter alia:
  • Vitamin B 1 trivial name thiamine, chemical name 3 - [(4'-amino-2'-methyl-5'-pyrimidinyl) methyl] -5- (2-hydroxyethyl) -4-methylthiazolium chloride.
  • Vitamin B 2 common name riboflavin, chemical name 7,8-dimethyl-10- (1-d-ribityl) benzo [g] pteridine-2,4 (3H, 10H) -dione.
  • riboflavin z As in whey, other riboflavin derivatives can be isolated from bacteria and yeasts.
  • a stereoisomer of riboflavin which is also suitable according to the invention is lyxoflavin which can be isolated from fishmeal or liver and carries a D-arabityl residue instead of D-ribityl.
  • Vitamin B 3 Vitamin B 3 .
  • the compounds nicotinic acid and nicotinamide (niacinamide) are often performed.
  • the nicotinic acid amide is preferred.
  • Vitamin B 5 pantothenic acid and panthenol.
  • Panthenol is preferably used.
  • Derivatives of panthenol which can be used according to the invention are, in particular, the esters and ethers of panthenol and also cationically derivatized panthenols.
  • Particularly preferred derivatives are the commercially available substances dihydro-3-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-2 (3H) -furanone with the trivial name pantolactone (Merck), 4 hydroxymethyl- ⁇ -butyrolactone (Merck), 3,3-dimethyl 2-hydroxy- ⁇ -butyrolactone (Aldrich) and 2,5-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-furanone (Merck), expressly including all stereoisomers.
  • these effector molecule compounds confer on the protein microbeads according to the invention (i) moisturizing and skin-soothing properties.
  • Vitamin B 6 which is understood here not a single substance, but the known under the common names pyridoxine, pyridoxamine and pyridoxal derivatives of 5-hydroxymethyl-2-methylpyridin-3-ols.
  • Vitamin B 7 also known as vitamin H or "skin vitamin”. Biotin is (3aS, 4S, 6aR) -2-oxohexahydrothienol [3,4-d] imidazole-4-valeric acid.
  • Panthenol, pantolactone, nicotinamide and biotin are very particularly preferred according to the invention.
  • suitable derivatives salts, esters, sugars, nucleotides, nucleosides, peptides and lipids
  • suitable derivatives can be used as effector molecules.
  • lipophilic oil-soluble antioxidants from this group, tocopherol and its derivatives, gallic acid esters, flavonoids and carotenoids, and butylhydroxytoluene / anisole are preferred.
  • water-soluble antioxidants are amino acids, eg. As tyrosine and cysteine and their derivatives and tanning agents, especially those of plant origin are preferred.
  • peroxide decomposed i.
  • Compounds which are able to decompose peroxides particularly preferably lipid peroxides.
  • organic substances such as e.g. Pyridine-2-thiol-3-carboxylic acid, 2-methoxy-pyrimidinol-carboxylic acids, 2-methoxy-pyridinecarboxylic acids, 2-dimethylaminopyrimidinolcarboxylic acids, 2-dimethylaminopyridinecarboxylic acids.
  • Triterpenes in particular triterpenic acids such as ursolic acid, rosmarinic acid, betulinic acid, boswellic acid and bryonic acid.
  • Another preferred effector molecule (ii) is lipoic acid and suitable derivatives (salts, esters, sugars, nucleotides, nucleosides, peptides and lipids).
  • Further preferred effector molecules (ii) are fatty acids, in particular saturated fatty acids which carry an alkyl branching, particularly preferably branched eicosanoic acids, such as 18-methyl-eicosanoic acid.
  • effector molecules (ii) are dyes, for example food dyes, semi-permanent dyes, reactive or oxidation dyes.
  • oxidation dyes it is preferable to link a component as the effector molecule (ii) to the protein microbeads (i) and then to the site of action, i. after application to skin, to couple with the second dye component oxidatively.
  • oxidation dyes it is also preferable to carry out the coupling of the color components before the linkage with the protein microbeads (i).
  • the reactive dyes may furthermore preferably be linked as a component as effector molecule (ii) to the protein microbeads (i) and subsequently applied to the skin. Furthermore, such dyes, as effector molecule (ii) with The protein microbeads (i) are linked by application to skin in decorative cosmetics.
  • Suitable dyestuffs are all customary hair dyestuffs for the molecules according to the invention. Suitable dyes are those skilled in handbooks of cosmetics such as Schrader, bases and formulations of cosmetics, Weghig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491 -1 known.
  • Particularly advantageous dyes are those mentioned in the following list.
  • the Color Index Numbers (CIN) are taken from the Rowe Color Index, 3rd Edition, Society of Dyers and Colourists, Bradford, England, 1971.
  • the effector molecules (N) are linked to protein (i).
  • the compound between (i) and (ii) may be both a covalent bond and be based on ionic or van der Waals interactions or hydrophobic interactions or hydrogen bonds or adsorption.
  • any type of coupling, covalent or noncovalent, of the effector molecule (ii) to the microbead-forming protein (i) may be in the dissolved state prior to phase separation. Following the coupling, the formation of microbeads as described in Example 1 is carried out by phase separation.
  • the effector molecule (ii) and the protein (i) are dissolved in the same solvent to form a common phase.
  • both components can be brought into solution directly by a solvent or a solvent mixture.
  • the effector molecule (ii) may first be dissolved in a solvent other than the microbead-forming protein (i) and subsequently mixed with the protein solution (i) to form a common phase.
  • Pre-dissolving the effector molecule (ii) is particularly advantageous when the effector molecule (ii) and the microbead-forming protein (i) can not be dissolved in the same solvent, e.g.
  • Suitable, water-miscible solvents are alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isopropanol, fluorinated alcohols such as hexafluoropropanol and trifluoroethanol, alkanones such as acetone or sulfoxides such. Dimethylsulfoxide or formamides such as dimethylformamide.
  • the microbead-forming protein (i) may be expressed in fluorinated alcohols, e.g. Hexafluorisopropanol or trifluoroethanol dissolved and the protein solution are subsequently mixed with effector molecules (ii) in organic solvents.
  • Suitable solvents e.g. can be mixed well with hexafluoroisopropanol u.a. Alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and
  • Isopropanol alkanones such as acetone, sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide, formamides such as Dimethylformamide, haloalkanes such as methylene chloride or other organic solvents such as tetrahydrofuran.
  • the noncovalent binding of the effector molecule (ii) to the microbead-forming protein (i) takes place during the assembly of the protein (i) into microbeads, the
  • the average diameter of the protein in microbeads can be adjusted to values between 0.1 .mu.m to 100 .mu.m.
  • the morphology of the microbeads (i) was to be determined by light and electron microscopy methods.
  • the binding of the effector molecule may be due to hydrophobic interactions, hydrogen bonding, ionic interaction and van der Waals interactions, or a mixture of these intermolecular forces.
  • the effector molecule can be bound to the surface of the protein microbeads (i), be included in the protein microbeads (i) or else be associated with the protein microbeads (i) in both ways.
  • the binding of the effector molecule to the protein microbeads (i) can be determined by the depletion of the assembly approach on soluble effector molecules (ii).
  • concentration of the effector molecules (ii) can be measured by a quantitative analysis of the effector molecule properties.
  • the binding of colored effector molecules (ii) may be e.g. be analyzed by photometric methods.
  • the staining of the protein microbeads (i) or the decolorization of the assembly mixture is determined by measuring the absorption of the stained effector molecule. These methods can also be used to calculate the loading density of the protein microbeads (i) (effector molecules per protein) and the loading efficiency (% bound effector molecules).
  • a covalent linkage of the effector molecule (ii) to the protein microbeads (i) can be carried out as described in Example 6. This can be carried out, for example, via the side chains of the polypeptide sequence of the microbead-forming protein (i), in particular via amino functions or hydroxyl functions or carboxylate functions or thiol functions. Preferred is a linkage via the amino functions of one or more lysine residues, via the carboxylate functions of one or more glutamate or aspartate residues, one or more thiol groups of cysteine residues or via the N-terminal or C-terminal function of the microbead-forming polypeptide (i ).
  • amino acids with suitable functions may also be added to the sequence or inserted into the sequence, or Amino acids of the microbead-forming polypeptide sequence (i) are substituted by such amino acid functions.
  • Linkage of the effector molecules (ii) to the microbead-forming protein (i) may be either directly, i. as a covalent linkage of two in (i) and (ii) already existing chemical functions take place, for example, an amino function of (i) is linked to a carboxylate function of (ii) to the acid amide.
  • the linkage can also be via a so-called linker, i. an at least bifunctional molecule that undergoes a function with (i) a bond and is linked to one or more other functions with (ii).
  • effector molecule (ii) also consists of a polypeptide sequence
  • linkage of (i) and (ii) can take place as a so-called fusion protein, i. a continuous polypeptide sequence consisting of the two partial sequences (i) and (ii).
  • spacer elements between (i) and (ii), for example polypeptide sequences which have a potential cleavage site for a protease, lipase, esterase, phosphatase, hydrolase or oligopeptide and polypeptide sequences which facilitate easy purification of the fusion protein allow, for example, so-called His-tags, ie Oligohistidinreste.
  • the spacer elements may be composed of alkyl chains, ethylene glycol and polyethylene glycols.
  • linker and / or spacer elements which have a potential cleavage site for a protease, lipase, esterase, phosphatase, hydrolase, i. are enzymatically cleavable.
  • enzymatically cleavable linkers which can be used in the molecules according to the invention are mentioned, for example, in WO 98/01406, to the entire contents of which reference is hereby expressly made.
  • linkers and spacers which are thermally dissociable, photocleavable.
  • linkers and spacers which are thermally dissociable, photocleavable.
  • Corresponding chemical structures are known to the person skilled in the art and are integrated between the molecular parts (i) and (ii).
  • the linkage in the case of a non-proteinaceous effector molecule with the protein microbeads (i) is preferably carried out by functionalizable groups (side groups, C- or N-terminus) on the microbead-forming polypeptide (i) having a covalent chemical function of the effector molecule Make contact.
  • Another preferred linkage of the protein microbeads (i) with an effector molecule (ii) is the use of a tailored linker.
  • a linker has two or more so-called anchor groups with which it can link the microbead-forming polypeptide sequence (i) and one or more effector molecules (ii).
  • an anchor group for (i) may be a thiol function by which the linker can form a disulfide bond with a cysteine residue of the microbead-forming polypeptide (i).
  • An anchor group for (ii) may, for example, be a carboxyl function by means of which the linker with a hydroxyl function of the effector molecule (ii) can undergo ester bonding.
  • the linker used depends on the functionality to be coupled. Suitable are e.g. Molecules which couple to microbead-forming polypeptides (i) by means of sulfhydryl-reactive groups, e.g. Maleimides, pydridyl disulfides, ⁇ -haloacetyls, vinyl sulfones, sulfatoalkyl sulfones (preferably sulfatoethylsulfones) and to effector molecules (ii) by means of
  • Sulfhydryl-reactive groups eg maleimides, Pydridyldisulfide, ⁇ -haloacetyls, vinylsulfones, sulfatoalkylsulfones (preferably sulfatoethylsulfones) amine-reactive groups (eg, succinimidyl, carbodiimde, hydroxymethyl-phosphine, imido, PFP esters, aldehyde, isothiocyanate, etc.) - sugar or oxidized sugar-reactive groups (eg hydrazides etc.) carboxy-reactive groups (eg amines etc.) hydroxyl-reactive groups (eg isocyanates etc.) thymine-reactive groups (eg psoralen etc.) unselective groups (eg aryl azides etc.) - photoactivatable groups (eg perfluorophenyl azide etc.)
  • amine-reactive groups e
  • Metal-complexing groups e.g., EDTA, hexahis, ferritin
  • Antibodies and fragments e.g., single-chain antibodies, F (ab) fragments of
  • Antibodies catalytic antibodies
  • a direct coupling between effector molecules and the protein microbeads (i) can be carried out, for example, by means of carbodiimides, glutaric dialdehyde, the abovementioned or other crosslinkers known to the person skilled in the art.
  • effector molecules (ii) may be active in their bonded form.
  • the effector molecules (ii) coupled to protein microbeads (i) can also be released from the protein microbeads (i) or from their surface.
  • covalently coupled effector molecules (ii) from the protein microbeads (i) can be achieved by cleavage of specifically introduced cleavable spacers or coupling linkers, e.g. thermally cleavable, photocleavable or enzymatically cleavable, but also by proteolytic degradation (e.g., by proteases) as described in Example 5 or by dissolution of the protein microbeads (i) or by mechanical disruption of the protein microbeads (i).
  • proteolytic degradation e.g., by proteases
  • non-covalently coupled effector molecules (ii) from the protein microbeads (i) can be by desorption in suitable solvents, by the degradation of the microbeads (i) by proteases or by dissolving the protein microbeads (i) or by mechanical destruction of the Protein microbeads (i) take place.
  • suitable solvents for the desorption are all solvents or solvent mixtures in which the effector molecule (ii) can be dissolved.
  • Solvents that can dissolve the protein microbeads (i) are e.g. fluorinated alcohols such as trifluoroethanol and hexafluoroisopropanol or else solutions of chaotropic salts such as e.g. Urea, guanidinium hydrochloride and guanidinium thiocyanate.
  • Suitable proteases can be added as technical proteases to a suspension of protein microbeads (i) in a targeted manner or occur naturally at the desired site of action of the effector molecules (ii), e.g. Skin proteases or proteases released by microorganisms.
  • the rate and kinetics of the release of the effector molecules (ii) can be controlled by the loading density with effector molecules (ii) and the mean size of the microbeads (i).
  • the protein microbeads (i) are formulated with customary other active ingredients and auxiliaries used in cosmetics.
  • the protein microbeads (i) according to the invention are preferably used for skin cosmetics. They allow a high concentration and long duration of action of skin-care or skin-protecting effector substances. Suitable auxiliaries and additives for the production of hair cosmetic, nail cosmetic or skin cosmetic preparations are familiar to the expert and can from manuals of cosmetics, such as Schrader, bases and formulations of cosmetics, Weghig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491-1 , are taken.
  • the cosmetic agents according to the invention may be skin-cosmetic, nail-cosmetic, hair-cosmetic, dermatological, hygienic or pharmaceutical agents.
  • the agents according to the invention are preferably in the form of a gel, foam, spray, ointment, cream, emulsion, suspension, lotion, milk or paste. If desired, liposomes or microspheres can also be used.
  • the cosmetically or pharmaceutically active agents according to the invention may additionally contain cosmetically and / or dermatologically active agents as well as excipients.
  • the cosmetic compositions according to the invention preferably comprise at least one protein microbead and at least one different constituent selected from cosmetically active ingredients, emulsifiers, surfactants, preservatives, perfume oils, thickeners, hair polymers, hair and skin conditioners, graft polymers, water-soluble or dispersible silicone-containing Polymers, sunscreens, bleaches, gelling agents, conditioners, colorants, tints, tanning agents, dyes, pigments, bodying agents, moisturizers, restoats, collagen, protein hydrolysates, lipids, antioxidants, defoamers, antistatic agents, emollients and emollients.
  • the protein microbeads (i) can also be present in encapsulated form in the cosmetic preparations.
  • the antioxidants are selected from the group consisting of amino acids (eg glycine, histidine, tyrosine, tryptophan) and their derivatives, imidazolones (eg urocaninic acid) and their derivatives, peptides such as D, L-carnosine, D-carnosine, L Carnosine and its derivatives (eg anserine), carotenoids, carotenes (eg .beta.-carotene, lycopene) and their derivatives, chlorogenic acid and its derivatives, lipoic acid and derivatives thereof (eg dihydrolipoic acid), aurothioglucose, propylthiouracil and other thiols (eg thiorodoxin , Glutathione, cysteine, cystine, cystamine and their glycosyl, N-acetyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, amyl, butyl, and lauryl, palmitoyl,
  • Nucleotides, nucleosides and salts as well as sulfoximine compounds (eg buthionine sulfoximes, homocysteinesulfoximines, buthionine sulfones, penta, hexa, heptathionine sulfo).
  • sulfoximine compounds eg buthionine sulfoximes, homocysteinesulfoximines, buthionine sulfones, penta, hexa, heptathionine sulfo).
  • ximin in very low tolerated dosages (eg pmol to ⁇ mol / kg), furthermore (metal) chelators (eg ⁇ -hydroxyfatty acids, palmitic acid, phytic acid, lactoferrin), ⁇ -hydroxy acids (eg citric acid, lactic acid, malic acid), humic acid , Bile acids, bile extracts, bilirubin, biliverdin, EDTA and their derivatives, unsaturated fatty acids and their derivatives (eg ⁇ -linolenic acid, linoleic acid, oleic acid), folic acid and its derivatives, ubiquinone and ubiquinol and their derivatives, vitamin C and derivatives thereof ( eg, sodium ascorbate, ascorbyl palmitate, Mg ascorbyl phosphate, ascorbyl acetate), tocopherol and derivatives (eg, vitamin E acetate, tocotrienol), vitamin A and derivatives (vitamin A palmitate),
  • peroxide decomposers i. Compounds which are able to decompose peroxides, particularly preferably lipid peroxides.
  • organic substances such as e.g. Pyridine-2-thiol-3-carboxylic acid, 2-methoxy-pyrimidinol-carboxylic acids, 2-methoxy-pyridinecarboxylic acids, 2-dimethylaminopyrimidinolcarboxylic acids, 2-dimethylaminopyridinecarboxylic acids.
  • Typical thickeners in such formulations are crosslinked polyacrylic acids and their derivatives, polysaccharides and their derivatives, such as xanthan gum, agar-agar, alginates or tyloses, cellulose derivatives, e.g. Carboxymethylcellulose or hydroxycarboxymethylcellulose, fatty alcohols, monoglycerides and fatty acids, polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • Nonionic thickeners are preferably used.
  • Suitable cosmetically and / or dermatologically active agents are e.g. coloring active substances, skin and hair pigmenting agents, tinting agents, suntanning agents, bleaching agents, keratin-hardening substances, antimicrobial agents, light-filtering active ingredients, repellent active ingredients, hyperemic substances, keratolytic and keratoplasmic substances, antidandruff active ingredients, antiphlogistics, keratinizing substances, antioxidant or as antioxidants Free-radical scavengers active substances, skin-moisturizing or moisturizing substances, moisturizing agents, anti-erythematous or anti-allergic active substances, branched fatty acids such as 18-methyl eicosanoic acid, and mixtures thereof.
  • coloring active substances e.g. coloring active substances, skin and hair pigmenting agents, tinting agents, suntanning agents, bleaching agents, keratin-hardening substances, antimicrobial agents, light-filtering active ingredients, repellent active ingredients, hyperemic substances, kerato
  • Artificial skin tanning agents which are suitable for tanning the skin without natural or artificial UV rays are, for example, dihydroxyacetone, alloxan and walnut shale extract.
  • Suitable keratin-hardening substances are usually Active substances, as used in antiperspirants, such as potassium aluminum sulfate, aluminum hydroxychloride, aluminum lactate, etc.
  • Antimicrobial agents are used to destroy microorganisms or to inhibit their growth and thus serve both as a preservative and as a deodorizing substance, which reduces the formation or intensity of body odor.
  • These include e.g. customary preservatives known to the person skilled in the art, such as p-hydroxybenzoic acid ester, imidazolidinyl urea, formaldehyde, sorbic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, etc.
  • deodorizing substances are known, for example. Zinc ricinoleate, triclosan, undecylenic acid alkylolamides, citric acid triethyl ester, chlorhexidine etc.
  • Suitable preservatives which are listed below with their E number are to be used advantageously according to the invention.
  • preservatives which are customary in cosmetics are preservatives dibromodicyanobutane (2-bromo-2-bromomethylglutarodinitrile), 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbamate, 2-bromo-2-nitro-propane-1,3-diol, imidazolidinyl urea, 5 -Chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one, 2-chloroacetamide, benzalkonium chloride, benzyl alcohol suitable, Formaldehydabspalter.
  • phenylhydroxyalkyl ethers in particular the compounds known as phenoxyethanol, are suitable as preservatives because of their bactericidal and fungicidal effects on a number of microorganisms.
  • germ-inhibiting agents are also suitable for incorporation into the preparations according to the invention.
  • Advantageous substances are, for example, 2,4,4'-trichloro-2'-hydroxydiphenyl ether (Irgasan), 1, 6-di- (4-chlorphenylbiguanido) - hexane (chlorhexidine), 3,4,4'-trichlorocarbanilide, quaternary ammonium compounds , Clove oil, mint oil, thyme oil, triethyl citrate, farnesol (3,7,1 1-trimethyl-2,6,10-dodecatriene-1-ol) as well as those disclosed in the patent publications DE-37 40 186, DE-39 38 140, DE -42 04 321, DE-42 29 707, DE-43 09 372, DE-44 1 1 664, DE-195 41 967, DE-195 43 695, DE-195 43 696, DE-195 47 160, DE- 196 02 108, DE-196 02 1 10, DE-
  • Suitable light filter active substances are substances which absorb UV rays in the UV-B and / or UV-A range.
  • Suitable UV filters are e.g. 2,4,6-triaryl-1,3,5-triazines in which the aryl groups can each bear at least one substituent, which is preferably selected from hydroxy, alkoxy, especially methoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, especially methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl, and mixtures thereof.
  • substituent which is preferably selected from hydroxy, alkoxy, especially methoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, especially methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl, and mixtures thereof.
  • p-aminobenzoic acid esters cinnamic acid esters, benzophenones, camphor derivatives and UV-radiation-stopping pigments, such as titanium dioxide, talc and zinc oxide.
  • Suitable UV filter substances are any UV-A and UV-B filter substances.
  • UV-A and UV-B filter substances are any UV-A and UV-B filter substances.
  • the cosmetic and dermatological preparations according to the invention may advantageously also contain UV-blocking inorganic pigments based on metal oxides and / or other sparingly soluble or insoluble metal compounds selected from the group of the oxides of zinc (ZnO), titanium (TiO 2 ), iron ( eg Fe 2 O 3 ), zirconium (ZrO 2 ), silicon (SiO 2 ), manganese (eg MnO), aluminum (Al 2 O 3 ), cerium (eg Ce 2 O 3 ), mixed oxides of the corresponding metals and mixtures thereof Contain oxides.
  • the inorganic pigments may be present in coated form, i. that they are superficially treated.
  • This surface treatment can be, for example, that the pigments are provided in a manner known per se, as described in DE-A-33 14 742, with a thin hydrophobic layer.
  • Suitable repellent agents are compounds capable of preventing or repelling certain animals, particularly insects, from humans. This includes e.g. 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, N, N-diethyl-m-toluamide, etc.
  • Suitable hyperemic substances which stimulate the perfusion of the skin are e.g. essential oils such as mountain pine extract, lavender extract, rosemary extract, juniper berry extract, horse chestnut extract, birch leaf extract, hay flower extract, ethyl acetate, camphor, menthol, peppermint oil, rosemary extract, eucalyptus oil, etc.
  • Suitable keratolytic and keratoplastic substances are e.g.
  • Salicylic acid calcium thioglycolate, thioglycolic acid and its salts, sulfur, etc.
  • Suitable anti-dandruff agents are e.g. Sulfur, sulfur polyethylene glycol sorbitan monooleate, sulfur ricinol polyethoxylate, zinc pyrithione, aluminum pyrithione, etc.
  • Suitable antiphlogistic agents which counteract skin irritation are e.g. Allantoin, bisabolol, dragosantol, chamomile extract, panthenol, etc.
  • the cosmetic agents according to the invention may contain as cosmetic and / or pharmaceutical active ingredient (as well as optionally as excipient) at least one cosmetically or pharmaceutically acceptable polymer.
  • cosmetically or pharmaceutically acceptable polymer include, in general, cationic, amphoteric and neutral polymers.
  • Suitable polymers are, for example, cationic polymers with the name polyquaternium according to INCI, for example copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts (Luviquat FC, Luviquat HM, Luviquat MS, Luviquat®, Care), copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, quaternized with Diethyl sulfate (Luviquat PQ 11), copolymers of N-vinylcaprolactam / N-vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts (Luviquat E Hold), cationic cellulose derivatives (polyquaternium-4 and -10), acrylamidocopolymers (Polyquaternium-7) and chitosan.
  • polyquaternium cationic polymers with the name polyquaternium according to INCI, for example copo
  • Suitable cationic (quaternized) polymers are also merquat (polymer based on dimethyldiallyl ammonium chloride), gafquat (quaternary polymers formed by reaction of polyvinylpyrrolidone with quaternary ammonium compounds), polymer JR (hydroxyethylcellulose with cationic groups) and cationic polymers on a vegetable basis, eg guar polymers , like the Jaguar brands of Rhodia.
  • polystyrene resins are also neutral polymers, such as polyvinylpyrrolidones, copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and vinyl acetate and / or vinyl propionate, polysiloxanes, polyvinylcaprolactam and other copolymers with N-vinylpyrrolidone, polyethylenimines and their salts, polyvinylamines and their salts, cellulose derivatives, Polyasparaginic acid salts and derivatives.
  • neutral polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidones, copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and vinyl acetate and / or vinyl propionate, polysiloxanes, polyvinylcaprolactam and other copolymers with N-vinylpyrrolidone, polyethylenimines and their salts, polyvinylamines and their salts, cellulose derivatives, Polyasparaginic acid salts and derivatives.
  • Suitable polymers are also nonionic, water-soluble or water-dispersible polymers or oligomers, such as polyvinylcaprolactam, e.g. Luviskol 0 Plus (BASF), or polyvinylpyrrolidone and their copolymers, in particular with vinyl esters, such as vinyl acetate, e.g. Luviskol 0 VA 37 (BASF), polyamides, e.g. based on itaconic acid and aliphatic diamines, e.g. in DE-A-43 33 238 are described.
  • polyvinylcaprolactam e.g. Luviskol 0 Plus (BASF)
  • BASF Luviskol 0 VA 37
  • polyamides e.g. based on itaconic acid and aliphatic diamines, e.g. in DE-A-43 33 238 are described.
  • Suitable polymers are also amphoteric or zwitterionic polymers, such as those available under the names Amphomer (National Starch) octylacrylamide / methyl methacrylate / tert-butylaminoethyl methacrylate hydroxypropyl methacrylate copolymers and zwitterionic polymers, as described for example in German patent applications DE39 29 973, DE 21 50 557, DE 28 17 369 and DE 3708 451 are disclosed. Acrylamidopropyl trimethylammonium chloride / acrylic acid or. -Methacrylklare-
  • Copolymers and their alkali metal and ammonium salts are preferred zwitterionic polymers.
  • Further suitable zwitterionic polymers are methacroylethylbetaine / methacrylate copolymers, which are commercially available under the name Amersette (AMERCHOL), and copolymers of hydroxyethyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate and acrylic acid (Jordapon (D)).
  • Suitable polymers are also nonionic, siloxane-containing, water-soluble or -dispersible polymers, e.g. Polyether siloxanes, such as Tegopren 0 (Goldschmidt) or Besi & commat (Wacker).
  • Polyether siloxanes such as Tegopren 0 (Goldschmidt) or Besi & commat (Wacker).
  • the formulation base of cosmetic agents according to the invention preferably contains cosmetically and / or pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are known in the field of pharmacy, food technology and related fields, in particular those listed in relevant pharmacopoeias (eg DAB Ph. Eur. BP NF) and other excipients whose properties do not preclude physiological application.
  • Suitable auxiliaries may be: lubricants, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, preserving agents, antioxidants, anti-irritants, chelating agents, emulsion stabilizers, film formers, gelling agents, odor masking agents, resins, hydrocolloids, solvents, solubilizers, neutralizing agents, permeation accelerators, pigments, quaternary ammonium compounds, Rest grease and superfatting agents, ointment, cream or oil bases, silicone derivatives, stabilizers, sterilants, blowing agents, drying agents, opacifiers, thickeners, waxes, softeners, white oil.
  • a related embodiment is based on professional knowledge, as shown for example in Fiedler, HP Lexicon of excipients for pharmacy, cosmetics and related fields, 4th ed., Aulendorf: ECV Editio Kantor Verlag, 1996.
  • the active ingredients may be mixed or diluted with a suitable excipient (excipient).
  • Excipients may be solid, semi-solid or liquid materials which may serve as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. If desired, the admixing of further auxiliaries takes place in the manner known to the person skilled in the art.
  • the polymers and dispersions are suitable as auxiliaries in pharmacy, preferably as or in coating agent (s) or binder (s) for solid dosage forms. They can also be used in creams and as tablet coatings and tablet binders.
  • the agents according to the invention are a skin cleanser.
  • Preferred skin cleansing agents are soaps of liquid to gelatinous consistency, such as transparent soaps, luxury soaps, deep soaps, cream soaps, baby soaps, skin soaps, abrasive soaps and syndets, pasty soaps, greases and washes, exfoliating soaps, moisturizing wipes, liquid washing, showering and bathing preparations such as washing lotions.
  • shower baths and gels, bubble baths, oil baths and scrub preparations shaving foams, lotions and creams.
  • the agents according to the invention are cosmetic agents for the care and protection of the skin and hair, nail care preparations or preparations for decorative cosmetics.
  • Suitable skin-cosmetic agents are, for example, face lotions, face masks, deodorizers and other cosmetic lotions.
  • Means for use in decorative cosmetics include, for example, masking pens, theatrical paints, mascara and eyeshades, lipsticks, kohl pencils, eyeliner, rouges, powders and eyebrow pencils.
  • the dermatological agents according to the invention can be used in nose strips for
  • the skin care compositions according to the invention are in particular W / O or O / W skin creams, day and night creams, eye creams, face creams, anti-wrinkle creams, sunscreen creams, moisturizing creams, bleaching creams, self-tanning creams, vitamin creams, skin lotions, skin lotions and moisturizing lotions ,
  • Skin cosmetic and dermatological compositions based on the previously described protein microbeads (i) show advantageous effects.
  • the protein microbeads (i) can contribute to the moisturization and conditioning of the skin and to the improvement of the skin feel.
  • the protein microbeads (i) can also act as thickeners in the formulations.
  • Skin cosmetic and dermatological compositions preferably contain at least one protein microbeads (i) in a proportion of about 0.001 to 30% by weight, preferably 0.01 to 20% by weight, very particularly preferably 0.1 to 12% by weight. , based on the total weight of the agent.
  • Especially light stabilizers based on the protein microbeads (i) have the property to increase the residence time of the UV-absorbing ingredients in comparison to conventional aids such as polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • compositions according to the invention may be in a form suitable for skin care, e.g. as a cream, foam, gel, pen, mousse, milk, spray (pump spray or propellant spray) or lotion can be applied.
  • the skin cosmetic preparations may contain other active ingredients and excipients customary in skin cosmetics, as described above. These preferably include emulsifiers, preservatives, perfume oils, cosmetic active ingredients such as phytantriol, vitamins A, E and C, retinol, bisabolol, panthenol, light stabilizers, bleaching agents, colorants, tinting agents, tanning agents, collagen, enzymes, protein hydrolysates, stabilizers, pH regulators , Dyes, salts, thickeners, gelling agents, bodying agents, silicones, humectants, moisturizers and other common additives.
  • active ingredients and excipients customary in skin cosmetics, as described above. These preferably include emulsifiers, preservatives, perfume oils, cosmetic active ingredients such as phytantriol, vitamins A, E and C, retinol, bisabolol, panthenol, light stabilizers, bleaching agents, colorants, tinting agents, tanning agents, collagen, enzyme
  • Preferred oil and fat components of the skin-cosmetic and dermatological agents are the aforementioned mineral and synthetic oils, such as paraffins, silicone oils and aliphatic hydrocarbons having more than 8 carbon atoms, animal and vegetable oils, such as sunflower oil, coconut oil, avocado oil, olive oil, lanolin, or waxes, fatty acids, fatty acid esters such as triglycerides of C6-C30 fatty acids, wax esters such as jojoba oil, fatty alcohols, petrolatum, hydrogenated lanolin and acetylated lanolin, and mixtures thereof.
  • mineral and synthetic oils such as paraffins, silicone oils and aliphatic hydrocarbons having more than 8 carbon atoms
  • animal and vegetable oils such as sunflower oil, coconut oil, avocado oil, olive oil, lanolin, or waxes
  • fatty acids such as triglycerides of C6-C30 fatty acids
  • wax esters such as jojoba oil
  • fatty alcohols such as petrolatum, hydrogenated
  • the protein microbeads according to the invention (i) can also be mixed with conventional polymers if special properties are to be set.
  • ком ⁇ онентs may additionally contain skin-cosmetic and dermatological preparations and also conditioning substances based on silicone compounds.
  • Suitable silicone compounds are, for example, polyalkylsiloxanes, polyarylsiloxanes, polyarylalkylsiloxanes, polyethersiloxanes or silicone resins.
  • the preparation of the cosmetic or dermatological preparations is carried out by customary methods known to the person skilled in the art.
  • the cosmetic and dermatological agents are preferably in the form of emulsions, in particular as water-in-oil (W / O) or oil-in-water (O / W) emulsions.
  • formulations for example, gels, oils, oil gels, multiple emulsions, for example in the form of W / O / W or O / W / O emulsions, anhydrous ointments or ointment bases, etc.
  • emulsifier-free formulations such as hydrodispersions, hydrogels or a Pickering emulsion are advantageous embodiments.
  • Emulsions are prepared by known methods.
  • the emulsions contain, in addition to at least one protein microbead (i), as a rule, customary constituents, such as fatty alcohols, fatty acid esters and especially fatty acid triglycerides, fatty acids, lanolin and derivatives thereof, natural or synthetic oils or waxes and emulsifiers in the presence of water.
  • customary constituents such as fatty alcohols, fatty acid esters and especially fatty acid triglycerides, fatty acids, lanolin and derivatives thereof, natural or synthetic oils or waxes and emulsifiers in the presence of water.
  • a suitable emulsion as W / O emulsion for example for a skin cream, etc., generally contains an aqueous phase which is emulsified by means of a suitable emulsifier system in an oil or fat phase.
  • a polyelectrolyte complex can be used.
  • Preferred fat components which may be included in the fat phase of the emulsions are: hydrocarbon oils such as paraffin oil, purcellin oil, perhydrosqualene and solutions of microcrystalline waxes in these oils; animal or vegetable oils, such as sweet almond oil, avocado oil, calophilum oil, lanolin and derivatives thereof, castor oil, seed oil, olive oil, jojoba oil, karite oil, hoplostethus oil, mineral oils, whose onset of distillation under atmospheric pressure at about 250 9 C and their Distillation end point at 410 9 C, such as Vaselineöl, esters of saturated or unsaturated fatty acids, such as alkyl myristates, for example, i-propyl, butyl or Cetylmyristat, hexadecyl, ethylene or i-propyl palmitate, octanoic or Decankladriglyceride and Cetylricinoleat.
  • hydrocarbon oils such as paraffin oil, purcellin oil
  • the fat phase may also contain other oil-soluble silicone oils such as dimethylpolysiloxane, methylphenylpolysiloxane and the silicone glycol copolymer, fatty acids and fatty alcohols.
  • oil-soluble silicone oils such as dimethylpolysiloxane, methylphenylpolysiloxane and the silicone glycol copolymer, fatty acids and fatty alcohols.
  • waxes may also be used, e.g. Carnauba wax, candililla wax, beeswax, microcrystalline wax, ozokerite wax and Ca, Mg and Al oleates, myristates, linoleates and stearates.
  • an emulsion of the invention may be present as O / W emulsion.
  • Such an emulsion usually contains an oil phase, emulsifiers that stabilize the oil phase in the water phase, and an aqueous phase that is usually thickened.
  • Suitable emulsifiers are preferably O / W emulsifiers, such as polyglycerol esters, sorbitan esters or partially esterified glycerides into consideration.
  • the agents according to the invention are a shower gel, a shampoo formulation or a bathing preparation.
  • Such formulations contain at least one protein microbead (i) and usually anionic surfactants as base surfactants and amphoteric and / or nonionic surfactants as cosurfactants.
  • suitable active ingredients and / or auxiliaries are generally selected from lipids, perfume oils, dyes, organic acids, preservatives and antioxidants, as well as thickeners / gelling agents, skin conditioners and humectants.
  • These formulations preferably contain from 2 to 50% by weight, preferably from 5 to 40% by weight, particularly preferably from 8 to 30% by weight of surfactants, based on the total weight of the formulation.
  • Suitable anionic surfactants are, for example, alkyl sulfates, alkyl ether sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, alkylaryl sulfonates, alkyl succinates, alkyl sulfosuccinates, N-alkoyl sarcosylates, acyl taurates, acyl isothionates, alkyl phosphates, alkyl ether phosphates, alkyl ether carboxylates, alpha-olefin sulfonates, especially the alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, e.g.
  • alkyl ether sulfates, alkyl ether phosphates and alkyl ether carboxylates can have between 1 to 10 ethylene oxide or propylene oxide units, preferably 1 to 3 ethylene oxide units in the molecule.
  • Suitable amphoteric surfactants are e.g. Alkylbetaines, alkylamidopropylbetaines, alkylsulfobetaines, alkylglycinates, alkylcarboxyglycinates, alkylamphoacetates or -propionates, alkylamphodiacetates or -dipropionates.
  • cocodimethylsulfopropyl betaine cocodimethylsulfopropyl betaine, lauryl betaine, cocamidopropyl betaine or sodium cocamphopropionate can be used.
  • Suitable nonionic surfactants are, for example, the reaction products of aliphatic alcohols or alkylphenols having 6 to 20 C atoms in the alkyl chain, which may be linear or branched, with ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide.
  • the amount of alkylene oxide is about 6 to 60 moles per mole of alcohol.
  • alkylamine oxides, mono- or dialkylalkanolamides, fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycols, ethoxylated fatty acid amides, alkylpolyglycosides or sorbitan ether esters are also suitable.
  • the washing, showering and bathing preparations may contain customary cationic surfactants, for example quaternary ammonium compounds, for example cetyltrimethylammonium chloride.
  • the shower gel / shampoo formulations may contain thickeners, such as, for example, common salt, PEG-55, propylene glycol oleate, PEG-120-methyl glucose dioleate and others, as well as preservatives, other active ingredients and auxiliaries and water.
  • the agents according to the invention are a hair treatment agent.
  • Hair treatment agents according to the invention preferably contain at least protein in microbeads (i) in an amount in the range of about 0.01 to 30 wt .-%, preferably 0.5 to 20 wt .-%, based on the total weight of the composition.
  • the hair treatment compositions of the present invention are in the form of a mousse, hair mousse, hair gel, shampoo, hair spray, hair mousse, top fluid, perming, hair dyeing and bleaching or hot oil treatments.
  • the hair cosmetic preparations can be applied as (aerosol) spray, (aerosol) foam, gel, gel spray, cream, lotion or wax.
  • Hairsprays include both aerosol sprays and pump sprays without propellant gas.
  • Hair foams include both aerosol foams and pump foams without propellant gas.
  • Hair sprays and hair foams preferably comprise predominantly or exclusively water-soluble or water-dispersible components.
  • the compounds used in the hair sprays and hair foams according to the invention are water-dispersible, they can be used in the form of aqueous microdispersions with particle diameters of usually from 1 to 350 nm, preferably from 1 to 250 nm.
  • the solids contents of these preparations are usually in a range of about 0.5 to 20 wt .-%.
  • these microdispersions do not require emulsifiers or surfactants for their stabilization.
  • the hair cosmetic formulations of the invention comprise a) from 0.01 to 30% by weight of at least one protein microbead (i) b) from 20 to 99.95% by weight of water and / or alcohol, c) 0 up to 50% by weight of at least one propellant gas, d) 0 to 5% by weight of at least one emulsifier, e) 0 to 3% by weight of at least one thickener and up to 25% by weight of further constituents.
  • alcohol By alcohol are meant all alcohols customary in cosmetics, e.g. Ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol.
  • Further constituents are understood to include the additives customary in cosmetics, for example blowing agents, defoamers, surface-active compounds, ie surfactants, emulsifiers, foaming agents and solubilizers.
  • the surface-active compounds used can be anionic, cationic, amphoteric or neutral.
  • Other common ingredients may also be eg preservatives, perfume oils, Opacifiers, active ingredients, UV filters, care agents such as panthenol, collagen, vitamins, protein hydrolysates, alpha and beta hydroxycarboxylic acids, stabilizers, pH regulators, dyes, viscosity regulators, gelling agents, salts, humectants, moisturizers, complexing agents and other conventional additives ,
  • this includes all known in cosmetics styling and conditioner polymers, which can be used in combination with the protein microbeads of the invention (i), if very special properties are to be set.
  • Suitable conventional hair cosmetic polymers include, for example, the abovementioned cationic, anionic, neutral, nonionic and amphoteric polymers, to which reference is hereby made.
  • the preparations may additionally contain conditioning substances based on silicone compounds.
  • Suitable silicone compounds are, for example, polyalkylsiloxanes, polyarylsiloxanes, polyarylalkylsiloxanes, polyethersiloxanes, silicone resins or dimethicone copolyols (CTFA) and amino-functional silicone compounds such as amodimethicones (CTFA).
  • the polymers according to the invention are suitable in particular as setting agents in hairstyling preparations, in particular hairsprays (aerosol sprays and pump sprays without propellant gas) and hair foams (aerosol foams and pump foams without propellant gas).
  • spray preparations contain a) 0.01 to 30% by weight of at least one protein microbead (i), b) 20 to 99.9% by weight of water and / or alcohol, c) 0 to 70 Wt .-% of at least one blowing agent, d) 0 to 20 wt .-% further ingredients.
  • Blowing agents are the blowing agents commonly used for hairsprays or aerosol foams. Preference is given to mixtures of propane / butane, pentane, dimethyl ether, 1,1-difluoroethane (HFC-152a), carbon dioxide, nitrogen or compressed air.
  • a preferred formulation for aerosol hair foams comprises a) from 0.01 to 30% by weight of at least one protein microbead (i), b) from 55 to 99.8% by weight of water and / or alcohol, c) from 5 to 20% by weight % of a blowing agent, d) 0.1 to 5% by weight of an emulsifier, e) 0 to 10% by weight of further constituents.
  • emulsifiers all emulsifiers commonly used in hair foams can be used. Suitable emulsifiers may be nonionic, cationic or anionic or amphoteric. Examples of nonionic emulsifiers (INCI nomenclature) are Laurethe, for example Laureth-4; Cetethees, for example cetheth-1, polyethylene glycol cetyl ethers, ceteareses, for example cethethreeth-25, polyglycol fatty acid glycerides, hydroxylated lecithin, lactyl esters of fatty acids, alkylpolyglycosides.
  • cationic emulsifiers are cetyldimethyl-2-hydroxyethylammonium dihydrogenphosphate, cetyltrimonium chloride, cetyltrimmonium bromide, cocotrimonium methylsulfate, quaternium-1 to x (INCI).
  • Anionic emulsifiers may, for example, be selected from the group of alkyl sulfates, alkyl ether sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, alkylaryl sulfonates, alkyl succinates, alkyl sulfosuccinates, N-alkoyl sarcosinates, acyl taurates, acyl isethionates, alkyl phosphates, alkyl ether phosphates, alkyl ether carboxylates, alpha olefin sulfonates, especially the alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, e.g.
  • alkyl ether sulfates, alkyl ether phosphates and alkyl ether carboxylates can have between 1 to 10 ethylene oxide or propylene oxide units, preferably 1 to 3 ethylene oxide units in the molecule.
  • a preparation suitable for styling gels according to the invention can be composed, for example, as follows: a) 0.01 to 30% by weight of at least one protein
  • gelling agents may be advantageous for adjusting specific theological or other application properties of the gels.
  • gel formers all gel formers customary in cosmetics can be used. These include lightly crosslinked polyacrylic acid, for example carbomer (INCI), cellulose derivatives, e.g. Hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cationic modified celluloses, polysaccharides, e.g.
  • Xanthan gum caprylic / capric triglyceride, sodium acrylate copolymers, Polyquaternium-32 (and) Paraffinum Liquidum (INCI), sodium acrylate copolymers (and) Paraffinum Liquidum (and) PPG-1 trideceth-6, acrylamidopropyltrimonium chloride / acrylamide copolymers, Steareth-10-allyl ethers, acrylate copolymers, polyquaternium-37 (and) paraffin liquidum (and) PPG-1 trideceth-6, polyquaternium 37 (and) propylene glycol dicaprate dicaprylate (and) PPG-1 trideceth-6, polyquaternium 7, Polyquaternium-44.
  • the protein microbeads (i) according to the invention can be used as conditioning agents in cosmetic preparations.
  • a preparation containing the protein microbeads (i) according to the invention can preferably be used in shampoo formulations as a setting and / or conditioning agent.
  • Preferred shampoo formulations contain a) 0.01 to 30% by weight at least one protein microbead (i), b) 25 to 94.95% by weight of water, c) 5 to 50% by weight of surfactants, c) 0 to 5% by weight of a further conditioning agent, d) 0 to 10% by weight of other cosmetic ingredients.
  • Suitable anionic surfactants include, for example, alkyl sulfates, alkyl ether sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, alkylaryl sulfonates, alkyl succinates, alkyl sulfosuccinates, N-alkoxy sarcosinates, acyl taurates, acyl isothionates, alkyl phosphates, alkyl ether phosphates, alkyl ether carboxylates, alpha olefin sulfonates, especially the alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, e.g. Sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, and ammonium and triethanolamine salts.
  • the alkyl ether sulfates, alkyl ether phosphates and alkyl ether carboxylates can have between 1 to 10 ethylene oxide or propylene oxide units, preferably 1 to 3 ethylene oxide units in the molecule.
  • Suitable examples are sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl ether sulfate, sodium lauroyl sarcosinate, sodium oleyl succinate, ammonium lauryl sulfosuccinate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, triethanolamine dodecylbenzenesulfonate.
  • Suitable amphoteric surfactants are, for example, alkylbetaines, alkylamidopropylbetaines, alkylsulfobetaines, alkylglycinates, alkylcarboxyglycinates, alkylamphoacetates or -propionates, alkylamphodiacetates or -dipropionates.
  • cocodimethylsulfopropyl betaine cocodimethylsulfopropyl betaine, lauryl betaine, cocamidopropyl betaine or sodium cocamphopropionate can be used.
  • Suitable nonionic surfactants are, for example, the reaction products of aliphatic alcohols or alkylphenols having 6 to 20 C atoms in the alkyl chain, which may be linear or branched, with ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide.
  • the amount of alkylene oxide is about 6 to 60 moles per mole of alcohol.
  • alkylamine oxides, mono- or dialkylalkanolamides, fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycols, alkylpolyglycosides or sorbitan ether esters are also suitable.
  • the shampoo formulations may contain conventional cationic surfactants, e.g. quaternary ammonium compounds, for example cetyltrimethylammonium chloride.
  • conventional cationic surfactants e.g. quaternary ammonium compounds, for example cetyltrimethylammonium chloride.
  • Conventional conditioning agents in combination with the protein microbeads (i) can be used in the shampoo formulations to achieve certain effects.
  • these include, for example, the aforementioned cationic polymers with the name Polyquaternium according to INCI, in particular copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts (Luviquat FC, Luviquat & commat, HM, Luviquat MS, Luviquat Care), copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, quaternized with diethyl sulfate ( Luviquat D PQ 11), copolymers of N-vinylcaprolactam / N-
  • Vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts (Luviquat D Hold), cationic cellulose derivatives (Polyquaternium-4 and -10), acrylamide copolymers (Polyquaternium-7).
  • protein hydrolysates can be used, as well as conditioning substances based on silicone compounds, for example polyalkylsiloxanes, polyarylsiloxanes, polyarylalkylsiloxanes, polyethersiloxanes or silicone resins.
  • Other suitable silicone compounds are dimethicone copolyols (CTFA) and amino-functional silicone compounds such as amodimethicones (CTFA).
  • CTFA dimethicone copolyols
  • amodimethicones cationic guar derivatives
  • cationic guar derivatives such as guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride (INCI) can be used.
  • aqueous C16 solution is prepared.
  • lyophilized C16 is dissolved in 6 M guanidinium thiocyanate (GdmSCN) to a final concentration of 0.1-10 mg / ml. Subsequently, the GdmSCN is removed by dialysis against 5 mM potassium phosphate pH 8.0.
  • GdmSCN guanidinium thiocyanate
  • ⁇ -sheet-rich C16 microbeads The formation of ⁇ -sheet-rich C16 microbeads is induced at room temperature by the rapid addition of 500 mM potassium phosphate pH 8.0 and 800 mM ammonium sulfate (final concentration) to the protein solution, followed by brief mixing (e.g., panning of the reaction vessel).
  • the mean particle diameter depends on the protein concentration used and can be varied between 0.5 ⁇ m and 15 ⁇ m.
  • the particles are then washed with water and lyophilized. The success of microbead formation is verified by scanning electron microscopy.
  • the thermal stability of C16 microbeads was determined using the apparatus "Thermogravimetric Analyzer TGA 7" from Perkin-Elmer, using aluminum sample containers having a volume of 40 ⁇ l, and 4 l / h of nitrogen as purge gas for the balance. 6 l / h of nitrogen or air (depending on the measurement) was used as purge gas for the test room 1.
  • the sample was heated from 30 to 500 ° C. at a heating rate of 5 K / min.
  • the sample weight and the oven temperature became Figure 1 shows the variation of the C16 microbead sample weight over the temperature It can be clearly seen that the majority of the analyzed C16 microbeads are stable up to temperatures of at least 250 ° C. Only then is a significant mass loss evident, which is due to the decomposition of the sample.
  • C16 microbeadscrobeads can absorb or release water from the air and thus serve as a moisture-regulating substance in cosmetic applications.
  • canthaxanthin was bound to C16 microbeads as an example.
  • the canthaxanthin was quantitatively removed from the solution, as demonstrated by determining the absorbance in the supernatant after centrifuging the C16 microbeads ( Figure 3).
  • the centrifuged C16 microbeads appeared clearly pink-violet colored.
  • the loaded C16 microbeads were analyzed by electron microscopy. In the electron micrograph, the loaded C16 microbeads did not differ from the unloaded control prepared under the same conditions, indicating that the C16 microbeads and the canthaxanthin form a common solid phase ( Figure 4).
  • the loaded microbeads were washed with 5 mM potassium phosphate (pH 8.0), 5 mM potassium phosphate (pH 8.0) + 5% DMSO and pure DMSO.
  • the C16 microbeads were incubated with 1 ml of the solutions for about 1 min. Subsequently, centrifugation was carried out and the canthaxanthin content in the supernatant was measured by determining the extinction.
  • the release can also be done by degradation of the C16 microbeads.
  • 150 ⁇ l of C16 in 5 mM potassium phosphate (pH 8.0) were mixed with 150 ⁇ l of a saturated solution of canthaxanthin in DMSO in a total of two batches (FIGS. 7, a and b) mixed.
  • 700 ⁇ l of a 1 M potassium phosphate solution (pH 8.0) was added to induce formation of the C16 microbeads.
  • the supernatants were removed and the canthaxanthin-loaded C16 microbeads were taken up in 1 ml of a 5 mM potassium phosphate solution (pH 8.0).
  • the canthaxanthin content in the supernatants was determined photometrically using the canthaxantine extinction (supernatant after C16 precipitation). While in the control without C16 the total canthaxanthin remained in the supernatant, the canthaxanthin in the two batches with C16 was quantitatively bound by the C16 microbeads (Fig.
  • the coupling of ethylenediamine to the activated C16 carboxyl groups was carried out by adding 500 mM ethylenediamine and incubating the batch for two hours. at room temperature. Subsequently, the batch was dialyzed against 5 mM potassium phosphate pH 8.0.
  • the coupling of the FITC was carried out according to the following protocol: Adding 100 mM sodium carbonate pH 9.0 and 1 mg / ml FITC to the C16 solution
  • a sample was treated according to the same protocol, with the EDC and NHS being replaced by water during activation. The coupling efficiency of this sample was smaller than one fluorescein molecule per C16 molecule. It can be concluded that the binding of fluorescein to C16 follows the mechanism postulated in Figure 8 and is not due to nonspecific binding effects.
  • Example 7 Use of C16 Microbead in a Day Care Emulsion - Type O / W
  • Preparation Heat phases A and B separately from each other to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Stir phase C into combined phases A and B and homogenize again. Cool to about 40 ° C. with stirring, add phase D, adjust the pH to about 6.5 with phase E, homogenize and cool to room temperature while stirring.
  • the formulation is produced without inert gas.
  • the filling must be in oxygen-impermeable packaging, e.g. Aluminum tubes take place.
  • Example 8 Use C16 Microbead in a Protective Day Cream - Type O / W WS 1%:
  • Preparation Heat phases A and B separately from each other to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Incorporate phase C into the combined phases A and B and homogenize. Cool to about 40 ° C. while stirring. Add phase D, adjust the pH to about 6.5 with phase E and homogenize. Cool to room temperature while stirring.
  • Example 9 Use of C16 microbead in a facial cleansing lotion - Type O / W WS 1%:
  • Example 10 Use C16 microbead canthaxanthin in a Daily Care Body Spray
  • Example 11 Use of C16 Microbead in a Skin Care Gel WS 1%:
  • Example 12 Use of C16 microbead canthaxanthin in an aftershave lotion
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Dissolve phase B, work in phase A and homogenize.
  • Example 13 Use C16 Microbead in an After Sun Lotion WS 1%:
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Stir phase B into phase A while homogenizing. Neutralize with Phase C and homogenize again.
  • Example 14 Use of C16 microbead canthaxanthin in a sunscreen lotion WS 1%:
  • D 1 0 phenoxyethanol, methylparaben, ethylparaben, butylparaben, propylparaben, isobutylparaben
  • D 1 0 phenoxyethanol, methylparaben, ethylparaben, butylparaben, propylparaben, isobutylparaben
  • Preparation Heat the components of phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Heat phase C to about 80 ° C. and stir into the combined phases A and B while homogenizing. Cool with stirring to about 40 0 C, add phase D and homogenize again.
  • Example 15 Use of C16 Microbead in a Sunscreen Lotion - Type O / W WS 1%: % Ingredient (INCI)
  • Example 16 Use of C16 Microbead in a Sunscreen Lotion - Type O / W
  • phase C heat phase C to 80 ° C. and stir into the combined phases A and B while homogenizing. Cool to about 40 ° C, stir in phase D and homogenize again.
  • Example 17 Use of C16 microbead canthaxanthin in a foot balm
  • Example 18 Use of C16 microbead canthaxanthin in a W / O emulsion with bisabolol
  • Example 19 Foam Conditioner with Fixer WS 1%
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Fill with phase C.
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Fill with phase C.
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Clear the components of phase B, then stir phase B into phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Dissolve phase C in the mixture of A and B, then adjust the pH to 6-7. Fill with phase D.
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Dissolve phase C in the mixture of A and B, then adjust the pH to 6-7. Fill with phase D.
  • phase A Solubilize phase A. Weigh phase B into phase A and solve it clearly. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
  • phase A Solubilize phase A. Weigh phase B into phase A and solve it clearly. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
  • Preparation Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Fill with phase C.
  • Preparation Mix and dissolve the components of phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid.
  • Preparation Mix and dissolve the components of phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid.
  • Preparation Mix and dissolve the components of phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid.
  • phase A Weigh in the components of phase A and dissolve. Adjust the pH to 6-7. Add phase B and heat to approx. 50 ° C. Cool to room temperature while stirring.

Abstract

The invention relates to the use of protein microbeads in cosmetics.

Description

Verwendung von Protein-Microbeads in der KosmetikUse of protein microbeads in cosmetics
Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft die Verwendung von Protein-Microbeads in der Kosmetik, insbesondere in der HautkosmetikThe present invention relates to the use of protein microbeads in cosmetics, in particular in skin cosmetics
Stand der TechnikState of the art
EP 1 110534 beschreibt ein kosmetisches Produkt aus ultrafeinem kristallinen Seidenpulver, das durch Behandeln von Seide unter alkalischen Bedingungen bei einer Tem- peratur oberhalb von 100°C und anschließender mechanischer Zerkleinerung hergestellt wird.EP 1 110534 describes a cosmetic product of ultrafine crystalline silk powder which is prepared by treating silk under alkaline conditions at a temperature above 100 ° C. and subsequent mechanical comminution.
Beschreibung der ErfindungDescription of the invention
Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft in einer ersten Ausführungsform die Verwendung von Protein-Microbeads in der Kosmetik.The present invention relates in a first embodiment to the use of protein microbeads in cosmetics.
Protein-Microbeads (i)Protein microbeads (i)
Protein-Microbeads bestehen aus Polypeptiden, die aus Aminosäuren, insbesondere aus den 20 natürlich vorkommenden Aminosäuren, aufgebaut sind. Die Aminosäuren können auch modifiziert, beispielsweise acetyliert, glycosyliert, farnesyliert, sein.Protein microbeads consist of polypeptides composed of amino acids, in particular of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids. The amino acids may also be modified, for example, acetylated, glycosylated, farnesylated.
Weiterhin besitzen die Protein-Microbeads eine globuläre Gestalt mit einem mittleren Teilchendurchmesser von 0,1 bis 100, insbesondere von 0,5 bis 20, bevorzugt von 1 bis 5 und besonders bevorzugt von 2 bis 4 μm.Furthermore, the protein microbeads have a globular shape with an average particle diameter of 0.1 to 100, in particular from 0.5 to 20, preferably from 1 to 5 and particularly preferably from 2 to 4 microns.
Protein-Microbeads lassen sich bevorzugt durch das im Folgenden beschriebene Ver- fahren herstellen:Protein microbeads can preferably be prepared by the method described below:
Das Protein wird in einem ersten Lösungsmittel gelöst. Als Lösungsmittel können beispielsweise wässrige Salzlösungen verwendet werden. Insbesondere eignen sich hoch konzentrierte Salzlösungen mit einer Konzentration größer 2, insbesondere größer 4 und besonders bevorzugt größer 5 molar, deren Ionen stärker ausgeprägte chaotrope Eigenschaften aufweisen als Natrium- und Chloridionen. Ein Beispiel für eine solche Salzlösung ist 6 M Guanidiniumthiocyanat oder 9 M Lithiumbromid. Des Weiteren können organische Lösungsmittel zum Lösen der Proteine verwendet werden. Insbesondere eignen sich fluorierte Alkohole oder zyklische Kohlenwasserstoffe. Beispiele dafür sind Hexafluorisopropanol und Cyclohexan. Die Herstellung der Protein- Microbeads kann in den beschriebenen Lösungsmitteln erfolgen. Alternativ kann die- ses Lösungsmittel durch ein weiteres Lösungsmittel z.B. niedrig konzentrierte Salzlösungen (c < 0,5 M) durch Dialyse oder Verdünnung ersetzt werden. Die Endkonzentration des gelösten Proteins sollte zwischen 0,1 - 100 mg/ml betragen. Die Temperatur, bei der das Verfahren durchgeführt wird, beträgt üblicherweise 0-80, bevorzugt 5 -50 und besonders bevorzugt 10 - 40 °C.The protein is dissolved in a first solvent. As the solvent, for example, aqueous salt solutions can be used. In particular, highly concentrated salt solutions with a concentration greater than 2, in particular greater than 4 and particularly preferably greater than 5 molar, whose ions have more pronounced chaotropic properties than sodium and chloride ions. An example of such a saline solution is 6 M guanidinium thiocyanate or 9 M lithium bromide. Furthermore, organic solvents can be used to dissolve the proteins. In particular, fluorinated alcohols or cyclic hydrocarbons are suitable. Examples are hexafluoroisopropanol and cyclohexane. The preparation of the protein microbeads can be carried out in the solvents described. Alternatively, this This solvent can be replaced by another solvent, for example, low-concentration salt solutions (c <0.5 M) by dialysis or dilution. The final concentration of the dissolved protein should be between 0.1 - 100 mg / ml. The temperature at which the process is carried out is usually 0-80, preferably 5 -50 and more preferably 10 - 40 ° C.
Bei Verwendung von wässrigen Lösungen können diese auch noch mit einem Puffer, bevorzugt im Bereich von pH 4 - 10, besonders bevorzugt 5 bis 9, ganz besonders bevorzugt 6 bis 8,5 versetzt sein. Durch Zugabe eines Additivs wird eine Phasentrennung induziert. Dabei entsteht eine in der Mischung von Lösungsmittel und Additiv emulgierte proteinreiche Phase. Aufgrund von Oberflächeneffekten nehmen emulgierte proteinreiche Tröpfchen eine runde Form an. Durch die Wahl des Lösungsmittels, des Additivs und der Proteinkonzentration kann der mittlere Durchmesser der Protein-Microbeads auf werte zwischen 0,1 μm bis 100 μm eingestellt werden.If aqueous solutions are used, they may also be mixed with a buffer, preferably in the range from pH 4 to 10, particularly preferably 5 to 9, very particularly preferably 6 to 8.5. Addition of an additive induces phase separation. This results in a protein-rich phase emulsified in the mixture of solvent and additive. Due to surface effects, emulsified protein-rich droplets take on a round shape. By choosing the solvent, the additive and the protein concentration, the average diameter of the protein microbeads can be adjusted to values between 0.1 μm to 100 μm.
Als Additiv können alle Substanzen verwendet werden, die einerseits mit dem ersten Lösungsmittel mischbar sind und andererseits die Bildung einer protein reichen Phase induzieren. Wird die Microbeadbildung in organischen Lösungsmitteln durchgeführt, so eignen sich dafür organische Substanzen, die eine geringere Polarität als das Lösungsmittel aufweisen, z.B. Toluol. In wässrigen Lösungen können Salze als Additiv verwendet werden, deren Ionen stärker ausgeprägte kosmotrope Eigenschaften aufweisen als Natrium- und Chloridionen (z.B. Ammoniumsulfat; Kaliumphosphat). Die Endkonzentration des Additivs sollte abhängig von der Art des Additivs zwischen 1 % und 50 Gew.-% bezogen auf die Proteinlösung betragen.As an additive, it is possible to use all substances which, on the one hand, are miscible with the first solvent and, on the other hand, induce the formation of a protein-rich phase. When microbead formation is carried out in organic solvents, organic substances having a lower polarity than the solvent, e.g. Toluene. In aqueous solutions salts can be used as an additive whose ions have more pronounced cosmotropic properties than sodium and chloride ions (e.g., ammonium sulfate, potassium phosphate). The final concentration of the additive should be between 1% and 50% by weight, based on the protein solution, depending on the type of additive.
Die proteinreichen Tröpfchen werden durch Aushärtung fixiert, wobei die runde Form erhalten bleibt. Die Fixierung beruht dabei auf der Ausbildung starker intermolekularer Wechselwirkungen. Die Art der Wechselwirkungen kann nichtkovalent, z.B. durch die Bildung intermolekularer ß-Faltblattkristalle oder kovalent, z.B. durch chemische Quervernetzung sein. Die Aushärtung kann durch das Additiv und / oder durch die Zugabe einer weiteren geeigneten Substanz erfolgen. Die Aushärtung erfolgt bei Temperaturen zwischen 0 und 80°C, bevorzugt zwischen 5 und 60°C. Diese weitere Substanz kann ein chemischer Quervernetzer sein. Unter einem chemischen Quervernetzer wird dabei ein Molekül verstanden, bei dem mindestens zwei chemisch reaktive Gruppen über einen Linker miteinander verbunden sind. Beispiele dafür sind Sulfhydryl-reaktive Gruppen (z.B. Maleimide, Pydridyldisulfide, α - Haloacetyle, Vinylsulfone, Sulfatoalkylsulfone (bevorzugt Sulfatoethylsulfone)), Amin- reaktive Gruppen (z.B. Succinimidylester, Carbodiimde, Hydroxymethyl- Phosphin, Imidoester, PFP-Ester, Aldehyde, Isothiocyanate etc.), Carboxy-reaktive Gruppen (z.B. Amine etc.), Hydroxyl-reaktive Gruppen (z.B. Isocyanate etc.), unselektive Gruppen (z.B. Arylazide etc.) und photoaktivierbare Gruppen (z.B. Perfluorphenylazid etc.). Die- se reaktiven Gruppen können mit in Proteinen vorhandenen Amin-, Thiol-, Carboxyl- oder Hydroxylgruppen kovalente Verknüpfungen bilden.The protein-rich droplets are fixed by curing, whereby the round shape is retained. The fixation is based on the formation of strong intermolecular interactions. The nature of the interactions may be noncovalent, eg by the formation of intermolecular β-sheet crystals or covalent, eg by chemical crosslinking. The curing can be carried out by the additive and / or by the addition of another suitable substance. The curing takes place at temperatures between 0 and 80 ° C, preferably between 5 and 60 ° C. This further substance can be a chemical cross-linker. A chemical cross-linker is understood to mean a molecule in which at least two chemically reactive groups are connected to one another via a linker. Examples of these are sulfhydryl-reactive groups (for example maleimides, pydridyl disulfides, α-haloacetyls, vinyl sulfones, sulfatoalkyl sulfones (preferably sulfatoethyl sulfones)), amine-reactive groups (for example succinimidyl esters, carbodiimde, hydroxymethyl phosphine, imido esters, PFP esters, aldehydes, isothiocyanates, etc .), Carboxy-reactive groups (eg, amines, etc.), hydroxyl-reactive groups (eg, isocyanates, etc.), unselective groups (eg, arylazides, etc.), and photoactivatable groups (eg, perfluorophenyl azide, etc.). These reactive groups can form covalent linkages with amine, thiol, carboxyl or hydroxyl groups present in proteins.
Die stabilisierten Microbeads werden mit einem geeigneten weiteren Lösungsmittel, z.B. Wasser gewaschen und anschließend durch dem Fachmann geläufige Verfahren getrocknet, z.B. durch Lyophilisierung oder Sprühtrocknung. Der Erfolg der Kugelbildung wird mit Hilfe der Rasterelektronenmikroskopie überprüft.The stabilized microbeads are washed with a suitable further solvent, e.g. Water and then dried by methods known to those skilled in the art, e.g. by lyophilization or spray drying. The success of the sphere formation is checked by scanning electron microscopy.
Als Proteine für die Herstellung von Protein Microbeads sind Proteine geeignet, die in wässriger Lösung überwiegend intrinsisch entfaltet vorliegen. Dieser Zustand kann beispielsweise nach einem Algorithmus berechnet werden, der dem Programm ILJpred zugrunde liegt (http://iupred.enzim.hu/index.html; The Pairwise Energy Content Estima- ted from Amino Acid Composition Discriminates between Folded and Intrinsically Un- structured Proteins; Zsuzsanna Dosztänyi, Veronika Csizmόk, Peter Tompa and Istvän Simon; J. Mol. Biol. (2005) 347, 827-839). Ein überwiegend intrinsisch entfalteter Zustand wird dann angenommen, wenn für über 50% der Aminosäurereste nach diesem Algorithmus ein Wert > 0,5 berechnet wird (prediction type: long disorder).Suitable proteins for the production of protein microbeads are proteins which are predominantly intrinsically unfolded in aqueous solution. For example, this condition can be calculated using an algorithm based on the ILJpred program (http://iupred.enzim.hu/index.html; The Pairwise Energy Content Estimated from Amino Acid Composition Discriminates between Folded and Intrinsically Unstructured Zsuzsanna Dosztanyi, Veronika Csizmόk, Peter Tompa and Istvan Simon, J. Mol. Biol. (2005) 347, 827-839). A predominantly intrinsically unfolded state is assumed when a value> 0.5 is calculated for over 50% of the amino acid residues according to this algorithm (prediction type: long disorder).
Geeignete Proteine für die Herstellung von Protein-Microbeads sind Seidenproteine. Darunter verstehen wir im Folgenden solche Proteine, die hoch repetitive Aminosäure- Sequenzen enthalten und im Tier in einer flüssigen Form gespeichert werden und bei deren Sekretion durch Scherung oder Verspinnen Fasern entstehen. ( Craig, C. L. (1997) Evolution of arthropod silks. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 42: 231-67).Suitable proteins for the production of protein microbeads are silk proteins. By this we mean below those proteins which contain highly repetitive amino acid sequences and are stored in the animal in a liquid form and in whose secretion by shearing or spinning fibers are formed. (Craig, C.L. (1997) Evolution of arthropod silks. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 42: 231-67).
Besonders geeignete Proteine für die Herstellung von Protein-Microbeads sind Spin- nenseidenproteine, die in ihrer ursprünglichen Form aus Spinnen isoliert werden konnten. Ganz besonders geeignete Proteine sind Seidenproteine, die aus der „Major Ampulla- te"-Drüse von Spinnen isoliert werden konnten.Particularly suitable proteins for the production of protein microbeads are spinel silk proteins, which in their original form could be isolated from spiders. Especially suitable proteins are silk proteins which could be isolated from the "major ampullate" gland of spiders.
Bevorzugte Seidenproteine sind ADF3 und ADF4 aus der der „Major Ampullate"-Drüse von Araneus diadematus (Guerette et al., Science 272, 5258:112-5 (1996)).Preferred silk proteins are ADF3 and ADF4 from the "major ampullate" gland of Araneus diadematus (Guerette et al., Science 272, 5258: 112-5 (1996)).
Ebenso geeignete Proteine für die Herstellung von Protein-Microbeads sind natürliche oder synthetische Proteine, die sich von natürlichen Seidenproteinen ableiten und welche unter Verwendung gentechnologischer Arbeitsmethoden heterolog in prokaryonti- sehen oder eukaryontischen Expressionssystemen hergestellt wurden. Nichtlimitieren- de Beispiele für prokaryontische Expressionsorganismen sind Escherichia coli, Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus megaterium, Corynebacterium glutamicum u.a.. Nichtlimitierende Beispiele für eukaryontische Expressionsorganismen sind Hefen, wie Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris u.a., filamentöse Pilze, wie Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae, Aspergillus nidulans, Trichoderma reesei, Acremonium chrysogenum u.a., Säugetierzellen, wie Heia-Zellen, COS-Zellen, CHO-Zellen u.a., Insektenzellen, wie Sf9-Zellen, MEL-Zellen u.a..Equally suitable proteins for the production of protein microbeads are natural or synthetic proteins which are derived from natural silk proteins and which have been produced heterologously in prokaryotic or eukaryotic expression systems using genetic engineering methods. Nonlimiting examples of prokaryotic expression organisms are Escherichia coli, Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus megaterium, Corynebacterium glutamicum, etc. Nonlimiting examples of eukaryotic expression organisms are yeasts such as Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris and others, filamentous fungi such as Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae and Aspergillus nidulans. Trichoderma reesei, Acremonium chrysogenum and others, mammalian cells, such as Heia cells, COS cells, CHO cells and others, insect cells, such as Sf9 cells, MEL cells and others.
Besonders bevorzugt für die Herstellung von Protein-Microbeads sind synthetische Proteine, welche auf Wiederholungseinheiten von natürlichen Seidenproteinen basieren. Neben den synthetischen repetitiven Seidenprotein-Sequenzen können diese zusätzlich eine oder mehrere natürliche nicht-repetitve Seidenprotein-Sequenzen enthalten (Winkler und Kaplan, J Biotechnol 74:85-93 (2000)).Particularly preferred for the production of protein microbeads are synthetic proteins which are based on repeat units of natural silk proteins. In addition to the synthetic repetitive silk protein sequences, these may additionally contain one or more natural non-repetitive silk protein sequences (Winkler and Kaplan, J Biotechnol 74: 85-93 (2000)).
Unter den synthetischen Seidenproteinen bevorzugt für die Herstellung von Protein- Microbeads sind synthetische Spinnenseidenproteine, welche auf Wiederholungseinheiten von natürlichen Spinnenseidenproteinen basieren. Neben den synthetischen repetitiven Spinnenseidenprotein-Sequenzen können diese zusätzlich eine oder mehrere natürliche nicht-repetitve Spinnenseidenprotein-Sequenzen enthalten. Unter den synthetischen Spinnenseidenproteinen ist bevorzugt das sg. C16-Protein zu nennen (Huemmerich et al. Biochemistry, 43(42):13604-13612 (2004)). Dieses Protein hat die in SEQ ID NO: 1 dargestellte Polypeptidsequenz. Neben der in SEQ ID NO:1 dargestellten Polypeptidsequenz sind auch besonders funktionale Äquivalente, funktionale Derivate und Salze dieser Sequenz bevorzugt. Unter „funktionalen Äquivalenten" versteht man erfindungsgemäß insbesondere auch Mutanten, welche in wenigstens einer Sequenzposition der oben genannten Aminosäuresequenzen eine andere als die konkret genannte Aminosäure aufweisen aber trotzdem eine der oben genannten biologischen Eigenschaften besitzen. „Funktionale Äqui- valente" umfassen somit die durch eine oder mehrere Aminosäure-Additionen, - Substitutionen, -Deletionen und/oder -Inversionen erhältlichen Mutanten, wobei die genannten Veränderungen in jeglicher Sequenzposition auftreten können, solange sie zu einer Mutante mit dem erfindungsgemäßen Eigenschaftsprofil führen. Funktionale Äquivalenz ist insbesondere auch dann gegeben, wenn die Reaktivitätsmuster zwi- sehen Mutante und unverändertem Polypeptid qualitativ übereinstimmen.Among the synthetic silk proteins preferred for the production of protein microbeads are synthetic spider silk proteins which are based on repeat units of natural spider silk proteins. In addition to the synthetic repetitive spider silk protein sequences, these may additionally contain one or more natural non-repetitive spider silk protein sequences. Among the synthetic spider silk proteins, the sg. C16 protein (Huemmerich et al., Biochemistry, 43 (42): 13604-13612 (2004)). This protein has the polypeptide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1. In addition to the polypeptide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, particularly functional equivalents, functional derivatives and salts of this sequence are also preferred. According to the invention, "functional equivalents" are in particular also understood as meaning mutants which have a different amino acid than the one specifically mentioned in at least one sequence position of the abovementioned amino acid sequences but nevertheless possess one of the abovementioned biological properties or multiple amino acid additions, substitutions, deletions and / or inversions of available mutants, said changes may occur in any sequence position, as long as they lead to a mutant with the property profile according to the invention. Functional equivalence is given in particular even if the reactivity patterns between the mutant and the unchanged polypeptide match qualitatively.
„Funktionale Äquivalente" im obigen Sinne sind auch „Präkursoren" der beschriebenen Polypeptide sowie „funktionale Derivate" und „Salze" der Polypeptide."Functional equivalents" in the above sense are also "precursors" of the described polypeptides as well as "functional derivatives" and "salts" of the polypeptides.
„Präkursoren" sind dabei natürliche oder synthetische Vorstufen der Polypeptide mit oder ohne der gewünschten biologischen Aktiviät."Precursors" are natural or synthetic precursors of the polypeptides with or without the desired biological activity.
Beispiele für geeignete Aminosäuresubstitutionen sind folgender Tabelle zu entnehmen:Examples of suitable amino acid substitutions are shown in the following table:
Ursprünglicher Rest Beispiele der SubstitutionOriginal rest Examples of substitution
AIa SerAIa Ser
Arg LysArg Lys
Asn GIn; HisAsn GIn; His
Asp GIuAsp Glu
Cys SerCys Ser
GIn AsnGIn Asn
GIu AspGiu Asp
GIy ProGIy Pro
His Asn ; GInHis Asn; Gin
Ne Leu; VaINe Leu; Val
Leu Ne; VaILeu Ne; Val
Lys Arg ; GIn ; GIuLys Arg; GIn; Glu
Met Leu ; NeMet Leu; ne
Phe Met ; Leu ; TyrPhe Met; Leu; Tyr
Ser Thr Thr SerSer Thr Thr Ser
Trp TyrTrp Tyr
Tyr Trp ; PheTyr Trp; Phe
VaI Ne; LeuVaI Ne; Leu
Unter dem Ausdruck „Salze" versteht man sowohl Salze von Carboxylgruppen als auch Säureadditionssalze von Aminogruppen der erfindungsgemäßen Proteinmoleküle. SaI- ze von Carboxylgruppen können in an sich bekannter Weise hergestellt werden und umfassen anorganische Salze, wie zum Beispiel Natrium-, Calcium-, Ammonium-, Eisen- und Zinksalze, sowie Salze mit organischen Basen, wie zum Beispiel Aminen, wie Triethanolamin, Arginin, Lysin, Piperidin und dergleichen. Säureadditionssalze, wie zum Beispiel Salze mit Mineralsäuren, wie Salzsäure oder Schwefelsäure und Salze mit organischen Säuren, wie Essigsäure und Oxalsäure sind ebenfalls Gegenstand der Erfindung.Salts are understood as meaning both salts of carboxyl groups and acid addition salts of amino groups of the protein molecules according to the invention. Sacks of carboxyl groups can be prepared in a manner known per se and include inorganic salts, such as, for example, sodium, calcium and ammonium salts. , Iron and zinc salts, and salts with organic bases, such as amines, such as triethanolamine, arginine, lysine, piperidine, etc. Acid addition salts, such as salts with mineral acids, such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid and salts with organic acids, such as acetic acid and Oxalic acid are also the subject of the invention.
„Funktionale Derivate" erfindungsgemäßer Polypeptide können an funktionellen Aminosäure-Seitengruppen oder an deren N- oder C-terminalen Ende mit Hilfe bekannter Techniken ebenfalls hergestellt werden. Derartige Derivate umfassen beispielsweise aliphatische Ester von Carbonsäuregruppen, Amide von Carbonsäuregruppen, erhältlich durch Umsetzung mit Ammoniak oder mit einem primären oder sekundären Amin; N-Acylderivate freier Aminogruppen, hergestellt durch Umsetzung mit Acylgruppen; oder O-Acylderivate freier Hydroxygruppen, hergestellt durch Umsetzung mit Acylgrup- pen."Functional derivatives" of polypeptides of the invention may also be produced at functional amino acid side groups or at their N- or C-terminal end by known techniques Such derivatives include, for example, aliphatic esters of carboxylic acid groups, amides of carboxylic acid groups obtainable by reaction with ammonia or with a primary or secondary amine; N-acyl derivatives of free amino groups prepared by reaction with acyl groups; or O-acyl derivatives of free hydroxy groups prepared by reaction with acyl groups.
Ein weiterer Gegenstand der Erfindung sind Protein-Microbeads, die aus Kupplungen aus einem Protein (i) und einem Effektormolekül (ii) bestehen. Als Protein (i) sind alle bereits obengenannten Proteine geeignet. Das Protein (i) kann entweder selbst bereits als Protein-Microbead vorliegen und anschliessend mit einem Effektormolekül (ii) gekuppelt werden, oder aber das Protein (i) liegt nicht als Protein-Microbead vor und wird mit dem Effektormolekül (ii) gekuppelt und erst anschliessend wird das gekuppelte Molekül in ein Protein-Microbead überführt oder die Kupplung erfolgt während der Phasentrennung. Effektormoleküle (N)Another object of the invention are protein microbeads consisting of couplings of a protein (i) and an effector molecule (ii). As protein (i), all the above-mentioned proteins are suitable. The protein (i) can either already be present as a protein microbead and then be coupled with an effector molecule (ii), or the protein (i) is not present as a protein microbead and is coupled with the effector molecule (ii) and only Subsequently, the coupled molecule is transferred into a protein microbead or the coupling takes place during the phase separation. Effector molecules (N)
Als Effektormoleküle (N) werden im folgenden Moleküle verstanden, die eine bestimmte, vorhersehbare Wirkung aufweisen. Dies können entweder proteinartige Moleküle sein, wie Enzyme oder auch nicht-proteinogene Moleküle wie Farbstoffe, Lichtschutzmittel, Vitamine, Provitamine, Antioxidantien und Fettsäuren, Conditioner oder Metalli- onen-enthaltende Verbindungen.In the following, the term "effector molecule (N)" refers to molecules which have a certain, predictable effect. These can be either proteinaceous molecules, such as enzymes or else non-proteinogenic molecules such as dyes, light stabilizers, vitamins, provitamins, antioxidants and fatty acids, conditioners or metal-containing compounds.
Unter den proteinartigen Effektormolekülen sind Enzyme und Antikörper bevorzugt. Unter den Enzymen sind folgende als Effektormoleküle (ii) bevorzugt: Oxidasen, Pero- xidasen, Proteasen, Glucanasen, Mutanase, Tyrosinasen, Laccasen, metallbindende Enzyme, Lactoperoxidase, Lysozym, Amyloglycosidase, Glucoseoxidase, Superoxid- dismutase, Photolyase, T4 Endonuklease, Katalase, Thioredoxin, Thioredoxin- Reduktase. Bei den proteinartigen aber nicht enzymatisch wirkenden Effektormolekülen sind folgende als Effektormoleküle (ii) bevorzugt: Antimikrobielle Peptide, Hydrophobine, Kollagen, Carotenoid bindende Proteine, Schwermetalle bindende Proteine, Odorantien bindende Proteine, Cellulose bindende Proteine, Stärke bindende Proteine, Keratin bindende Proteine.Among the proteinaceous effector molecules, enzymes and antibodies are preferred. Among the enzymes, the following are preferred as effector molecules (ii): oxidases, peroxidases, proteases, glucanases, mutanase, tyrosinases, laccases, metal-binding enzymes, lactoperoxidase, lysozyme, amyloglycosidase, glucose oxidase, superoxide dismutase, photolyase, T4 endonuclease, catalase, Thioredoxin, thioredoxin reductase. In the case of the proteinaceous but non-enzymatically active effector molecules, the following are preferred as effector molecules (ii): antimicrobial peptides, hydrophobins, collagen, carotenoid-binding proteins, heavy metal-binding proteins, odorant-binding proteins, cellulose-binding proteins, starch-binding proteins, keratin-binding proteins.
Gut geeignet als proteinartige Effektormoleküle (ii) sind auch Hydrolysate von Proteinen aus pflanzlichen und tierischen Quellen, beispielsweise Hydrolysate von Proteinen marinen Ursprungs.Also suitable as proteinaceous effector molecules (ii) are hydrolysates of proteins from plant and animal sources, for example hydrolyzates of proteins of marine origin.
Unter den nicht-proteinartigen Effektormolekülen (ii) sind Carotinoide bevorzugt. Unter Carotinoide sind erfindungsgemäß folgende Verbindungen sowie deren veresterte oder glykosylierte Derivate zu verstehen: ß-Carotin, Lycopin, Lutein, Astaxanthin, Zea- xanthin, Cryptoxanthin, Citranaxanthin, Canthaxanthin, Bixin, ß-Apo-4-carotinal, ß-Apo- 8-carotinal, ß-Apo-8-carotinsäureester, Neurosporen, Echinenon, Adonirubin, Viola- xanthin, Torulen, Torularhodin, einzeln oder als Mischung. Bevorzugt verwendete Carotinoide sind ß-Carotin, Lycopin, Lutein, Astaxanthin, Zeaxanthin, Citranaxanthin und Canthaxanthin.Among the non-proteinaceous effector molecules (ii), carotenoids are preferred. According to the invention, carotenoids are to be understood as meaning the following compounds and their esterified or glycosylated derivatives: .beta.-carotene, lycopene, lutein, astaxanthin, zeaxanthin, cryptoxanthin, citranaxanthin, canthaxanthin, bixin, .beta.-apo-4-carotenal, .beta.-apo 8 -carotinal, β-apo-8-carotenoic acid ester, neurospores, echinenone, adonirubin, violaxxin, torules, torularhodin, singly or as a mixture. Preferably used carotenoids are β-carotene, lycopene, lutein, astaxanthin, zeaxanthin, citranaxanthin and canthaxanthin.
Weitere bevorzugte Effektormoleküle (ii) sind UV-Lichtschutzfilter. Darunter sind orga- nische Substanzen zu verstehen, die in der Lage sind, ultraviolette Strahlen zu absorbieren und die aufgenommene Energie in Form längerwelliger Strahlung, z.B. Wärme, wieder abzugeben. Die organischen Substanzen können öllöslich oder wasserlöslich sein.Further preferred effector molecules (ii) are UV light protection filters. By this are meant organic substances which are able to absorb ultraviolet rays and absorb the absorbed energy in the form of longer-wave radiation, e.g. Heat, give it up again. The organic substances may be oil-soluble or water-soluble.
Als öllösliche UV-B-Filter können z.B. folgende Substanzen verwendet werden: 3-Benzylidencampher und dessen Derivate, z.B. 3-(4-Methylbenzyliden)campher;As oil-soluble UV-B filters, for example, the following substances can be used: 3-benzylidene camphor and its derivatives, eg 3- (4-methylbenzylidene) camphor;
4-Aminobenzoesäurederivate, vorzugsweise 4-(Dimethylamino)benzoesäure-2- ethylhexylester, 4-( Dimethylamino)benzoesäure-2-octylester und 4-(Dimethylamino)- benzoesäureamylester;4-aminobenzoic acid derivatives, preferably 2-ethylhexyl 4- (dimethylamino) benzoate, 2-octyl 4- (dimethylamino) benzoate and 4- (dimethylamino) benzoic acid ester;
Ester der Zimtsäure, vorzugsweise 4-Methoxyzimtsäure-2-ethylhexylester, 4 Methoxy- zimtsäurepropylester, 4-Methoxyzimtsäureisoamylester, 4 Methoxyzimtsäureisopenty- lester, 2-Cyano-3-phenyl-zimtsäure-2-ethylhexylester (Octocrylene);Esters of cinnamic acid, preferably 2-ethylhexyl 4-methoxycinnamate, 4-propyl methoxy cinnamate, isoamyl 4-methoxycinnamate, 4-isoacetyl methoxycinnamate, 2-cyano-3-phenylcinnamic acid 2-ethylhexyl ester (octocrylene);
Ester der Salicylsäure, vorzugsweise Salicylsäure-2-ethylhexylester, Salicylsäure-4 isopropylbenzylester, Salicylsäurehomomenthylester;Esters of salicylic acid, preferably 2-ethylhexyl salicylate, 4-isopropylbenzyl salicylate, homomenthyl salicylate;
Derivate des Benzophenons, vorzugsweise 2-Hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenon, 2- Hydroxy-4-methoxy-4'-methylbenzophenon, 2,2'-Dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenon;Derivatives of benzophenone, preferably 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-4'-methylbenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone;
Ester der Benzalmalonsäure, vorzugsweise 4-Methoxybenzmalonsäuredi-2- ethylhexylester;Esters of benzalmalonic acid, preferably di-2-ethylhexyl 4-methoxybenzmalonate;
Triazinderivate, wie z.B. 2,4,6-Trianilino-(p-carbo-2'-ethyl-1 '-hexyloxy)-1 ,3,5-triazin (Oc- tyltriazone) und Dioctyl Butamido Triazon (Uvasorb® HEB):Triazine derivatives, such as 2,4,6-trianilino- (p-carbo-2'-ethyl-1 '-hexyloxy) -1, 3,5-triazine (octyl tyltriazone) and Dioctyl Butamido Triazone (Uvasorb HEB ®):
Propan-1 ,3-dione, wie z.B. 1 -(4-tert. Butylphenyl)-3-(4'-methoxyphenyl)propan-1 ,3- dion.Propane-1,3-diones, e.g. 1- (4-tert-butylphenyl) -3- (4'-methoxyphenyl) propane-1,3-dione.
Als wasserlösliche Substanzen kommen in Frage:Suitable water-soluble substances are:
2-Phenylbenzimidazol-5-sulfonsäure und deren Alkali-, Erdalkali-, Ammonium-, Alky- lammonium-, Alkanolammonium- und Glucammoniumsalze;2-phenylbenzimidazole-5-sulfonic acid and its alkali, alkaline earth, ammonium, alkylammonium, alkanolammonium and glucammonium salts;
Sulfonsäurederivate von Benzophenonen, vorzugsweise 2-Hydroxy-4-methoxybenzo- phenon-5-sulfonsäure und ihre Salze;Sulfonic acid derivatives of benzophenones, preferably 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone-5-sulfonic acid and its salts;
Sulfonsäurederivate des 3-Benzylidencamphers, wie z.B. 4-(2-Oxo-3- bornylidenmethyl)benzolsulfonsäure und 2-Methyl-5-(2-oxo-3-bornyliden)sulfonsäure und deren Salze.Sulfonic acid derivatives of the 3-benzylidene camphor, e.g. 4- (2-Oxo-3-bornylidenemethyl) benzenesulfonic acid and 2-methyl-5- (2-oxo-3-bomylidene) -sulfonic acid and its salts.
Besonders bevorzugt ist die Verwendung von Estern der Zimtsäure, vorzugsweise A- Methoxyzimtsäure-2-ethylhexylester, 4-Methoxyzimtsäureisopentylester, 2-Cyano-3- phenyl-zimtsäure-2-ethylhexylester (Octocrylene). Des weiteren ist die Verwendung von Derivaten des Benzophenons, insbesondere 2- Hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenon, 2-Hydroxy-4-methoxy-4x-methylbenzophenon, 2,2'- Dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenon sowie der Einsatz von Propan-1 ,3-dionen, wie z.B. 1 -(4-tert. Butylphenyl)-3-(4-'methoxyphenyl)propan-1 ,3-dion bevorzugt.Particularly preferred is the use of esters of cinnamic acid, preferably 2-ethylhexyl A-methoxycinnamate, isopentyl 4-methoxycinnamate, 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3-phenylcinnamate (octocrylene). Furthermore, the use of derivatives of benzophenone, in particular 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-4 x -methylbenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone and the use of propane-1, 3-diones, such as 1- (4-tert-butylphenyl) -3- (4-methethoxyphenyl) propane-1,3-dione.
Als typische UV-A-Filter kommen in Frage:Typical UV-A filters are:
Derivate des Benzoylmethans, wie beispielsweise 1 -(4'-tert.Butylphenyl)-3-(4'- methoxyphenyl)propan-1 ,3-dion, 4-tert.-Butyl-4'-methoxydibenzoylmethan oder 1 - Phenyl-3-(4'-isopropylphenyl)-propan-1 ,3-dion;Derivatives of benzoylmethane, such as 1- (4'-tert-butylphenyl) -3- (4'-methoxyphenyl) propane-1,3-dione, 4-tert-butyl-4'-methoxydibenzoylmethane or 1-phenyl-3 - (4'-isopropylphenyl) -propane-1,3-dione;
Amino-hydroxy-substituierte Derivate von Benzophenonen wie z.B. N,N-Diethylamino- hydroxybenzoyl-n-hexylbenzoat.Amino-hydroxy-substituted derivatives of benzophenones, e.g. N, N-diethylamino-hydroxybenzoyl-n-hexylbenzoate.
Die UV-A und UV-B-Filter können selbstverständlich auch in Mischungen eingesetzt werden.Of course, the UV-A and UV-B filters can also be used in mixtures.
Geeignete UV-Filtersubstanzen sind in der folgenden Tabelle genannt.Suitable UV filter substances are mentioned in the following table.
Neben den beiden vorgenannten Gruppen primärer Lichtschutzstoffe können auch sekundäre Lichtschutzmittel vom Typ der Antioxidantien eingesetzt werden, die die photochemische Reaktionskette unterbrechen, welche ausgelöst wird, wenn UV- Strahlung in die Haut eindringt. Typische Beispiele hierfür sind Superoxid-Dismutase, Katalase, Tocopherole (Vitamin E), Coenzym Q10, Ubichinone, Chinone und Ascorbin- säure (Vitamin C).In addition to the two aforementioned groups of primary light stabilizers, it is also possible to use secondary light stabilizers of the antioxidant type which interrupt the photochemical reaction chain which is triggered when UV radiation penetrates into the skin. Typical examples of these are superoxide dismutase, catalase, tocopherols (vitamin E), coenzyme Q10, ubiquinones, quinones and ascorbic acid (vitamin C).
Eine weitere Gruppe sind Anti-irritantien, die eine entzündungshemmende Wirkung auf durch UV-Licht geschädigte Haut besitzen. Solche Stoffe sind beispielsweise Bisabolol, Phytol und Phytantriol.Another group are anti-irritants that have an anti-inflammatory effect on UV-damaged skin. Such substances are, for example, bisabolol, phytol and phytantriol.
Erfindungsgemäß Effektormoleküle (ii) sind weiterhin UV-Strahlen abhaltende anorga- nische Pigmenten. Bevorzugt sind Pigmente auf Basis von Metalloxiden und/oder anderen in Wasser schwerlöslichen oder unlöslichen Metallverbindungen ausgewählt aus der Gruppe der Oxide des Zinks (ZnO), Titan (TiO2), Eisens (z.B. Fe2O3), Zirkoniums (ZrO2), Siliciums (SiO2), Mangans (z.B. MnO), Aluminiums (AI2O3), Cers (z.B. Ce2O3), Mischoxiden der entsprechenden Metalle und Abmischungen aus solchen Oxiden.According to the invention, effector molecules (ii) are also inorganic pigments that stop UV radiation. Preference is given to pigments based on metal oxides and / or other sparingly water-soluble or insoluble metal compounds selected from the group consisting of the oxides of zinc (ZnO), titanium (TiO 2), iron (eg Fe 2 O 3), zirconium (ZrO 2), silicon (SiO 2), Manganese (eg MnO), aluminum (Al2O3), Cers (eg Ce2O3), mixed oxides of the corresponding metals and mixtures of such oxides.
Die anorganischen Pigmente können dabei in gecoateter Form vorliegen, d.h. dass sie oberflächlich behandelt sind. Diese Oberflächenbehandlung kann beispielsweise darin bestehen, dass die Pigmente nach an sich bekannter Weise, wie in DE-A-33 14 742 beschrieben, mit einer dünnen hydrophoben Schicht versehen sind.The inorganic pigments may be present in coated form, i. that they are superficially treated. This surface treatment can be, for example, that the pigments are provided in a manner known per se, as described in DE-A-33 14 742, with a thin hydrophobic layer.
Weitere bevorzugte Effektormoleküle (ii) sind Vitamine, insbesondere Vitamin A und deren Ester.Further preferred effector molecules (ii) are vitamins, especially vitamin A and their esters.
Unter Retinoide sind im Rahmen der vorliegenden Erfindung Vitamin A Alkohol (Retinol) und seine Derivate wie Vitamin A Aldehyd (Retinal), Vitamin A Säure (Retinsäure) und Vitamin A Ester (z.B. Retinylacetat, Retinylpropionat und Retinylpalmitat) gemeint. Der Begriff Retinsäure umfasst dabei sowohl all-trans Retinsäure als auch 13-cis Retinsäure. Die Begriffe Retinol und Retinal umfassen bevorzugt die all-trans Verbindun- gen. Als bevorzugtes Retinoid verwendet man für die erfindungsgemäßen Suspensionen all-trans-Retinol, im folgenden als Retinol bezeichnet.By retinoids in the context of the present invention is meant vitamin A alcohol (retinol) and its derivatives such as vitamin A aldehyde (retinal), vitamin A acid (retinoic acid) and vitamin A esters (e.g., retinyl acetate, retinyl propionate and retinyl palmitate). The term retinoic acid encompasses both all-trans retinoic acid and 13-cis retinoic acid. The terms retinol and retinal preferably include all-trans compounds. The preferred retinoid used for the suspensions according to the invention is all-trans-retinol, referred to below as retinol.
Weitere bevorzugte Effektormoleküle (ii) sind Vitamine, Provitamine und Vitaminvorstu- fen aus den Gruppen A, C, E und F, insbesondere 3,4-Didehydroretinol, ß-Carotin (Provitamin des Vitamin A), Ascorbinsäure (Vitamin C), sowie die Palmitinsäureester, Glucoside oder Phosphate der Ascorbinsäure, Tocopherole, insbesondere α- Tocopherol sowie seine Ester, z.B. das Acetat, das Nicotinat, das Phosphat und das Succinat; weiterhin Vitamin F, worunter essentielle Fettsäuren, besonders Linolsäure, Linolensäure und Arachidonsäure, verstanden werden.Further preferred effector molecules (ii) are vitamins, provitamins and vitamin precursors from groups A, C, E and F, in particular 3,4-didehydroretinol, .beta.-carotene (Provitamin of vitamin A), ascorbic acid (vitamin C), and the palmitic acid esters, glucosides or phosphates of ascorbic acid, tocopherols, in particular α-tocopherol and its esters, for example the acetate, the nicotinate, the phosphate and the succinate; vitamin F, which is understood as meaning essential fatty acids, especially linoleic acid, linolenic acid and arachidonic acid.
Zu den erfindungsgemäß bevorzugt einzusetzenden Vitaminen, Provitaminen oder Vitaminvorstufen der Vitamin B-Gruppe oder deren Derivaten sowie den Derivaten von 2-Furanon gehören unter anderem:The vitamins, provitamins or vitamin precursors of the vitamin B group or derivatives thereof which are preferably to be used according to the invention and the derivatives of 2-furanone include, inter alia:
Vitamin B1 , Trivialname Thiamin, chemische Bezeichnung 3-[(4'-Amino-2'-methyl-5'- pyrimidinyl) methyl]-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)-4-methylthiazoliumchlorid.Vitamin B 1 , trivial name thiamine, chemical name 3 - [(4'-amino-2'-methyl-5'-pyrimidinyl) methyl] -5- (2-hydroxyethyl) -4-methylthiazolium chloride.
Vitamin B2, Trivialname Riboflavin, chemische Bezeichung 7,8-Dimethyl-10-(1 -D- ribityl)-benzo[g]pteridin-2,4(3H,10H)-dion. In freier Form kommt Riboflavin z. B. in Molke vor, andere Riboflavin-Derivate lassen sich aus Bakterien und Hefen isolieren. Ein erfindungsgemäß ebenfalls geeignetes Stereoisomeres des Riboflavin ist das aus Fischmehl oder Leber isolierbare Lyxoflavin, das statt des D-Ribityl einen D-Arabityl- Rest trägt.Vitamin B 2 , common name riboflavin, chemical name 7,8-dimethyl-10- (1-d-ribityl) benzo [g] pteridine-2,4 (3H, 10H) -dione. In free form riboflavin z. As in whey, other riboflavin derivatives can be isolated from bacteria and yeasts. A stereoisomer of riboflavin which is also suitable according to the invention is lyxoflavin which can be isolated from fishmeal or liver and carries a D-arabityl residue instead of D-ribityl.
Vitamin B3. Unter dieser Bezeichnung werden häufig die Verbindungen Nicotinsäure und Nicotinsäureamid (Niacinamid) geführt. Erfindungsgemäß bevorzugt ist das Nicotinsäureamid.Vitamin B 3 . Under this name, the compounds nicotinic acid and nicotinamide (niacinamide) are often performed. According to the invention, the nicotinic acid amide is preferred.
Vitamin B5 (Pantothensäure und Panthenol). Bevorzugt wird Panthenol eingesetzt. Erfindungsgemäß einsetzbare Derivate des Panthenols sind insbesondere die Ester und Ether des Panthenols sowie kationisch derivatisierte Panthenole. In einer weiteren bevorzugten Ausführungsform der Erfindung können zusätzlich zu Pantothensäure oder Panthenol auch Derivate des 2-Furanon eingesetzt werden. Besonders bevorzugte Derivate sind die auch im Handel erhältlichen Substanzen Dihydro-3 hydroxy-4,4- dimethyl-2(3H)-furanon mit dem Trivialnamen Pantolacton (Merck), 4 Hydroxymethyl-γ- butyrolacton (Merck), 3,3-Dimethyl-2-hydroxy-γ-butyrolacton (Aldrich) und 2,5- Dihydro- 5-methoxy-2-furanon (Merck), wobei ausdrücklich alle Stereoisomeren eingeschlossen sind.Vitamin B 5 (pantothenic acid and panthenol). Panthenol is preferably used. Derivatives of panthenol which can be used according to the invention are, in particular, the esters and ethers of panthenol and also cationically derivatized panthenols. In a further preferred embodiment of the invention, it is also possible to use derivatives of 2-furanone in addition to pantothenic acid or panthenol. Particularly preferred derivatives are the commercially available substances dihydro-3-hydroxy-4,4-dimethyl-2 (3H) -furanone with the trivial name pantolactone (Merck), 4 hydroxymethyl-γ-butyrolactone (Merck), 3,3-dimethyl 2-hydroxy-γ-butyrolactone (Aldrich) and 2,5-dihydro-5-methoxy-2-furanone (Merck), expressly including all stereoisomers.
Vorteilhafterweise verleihen diese Effektormolekül-Verbindungen den erfindungsge- mässen Protein-Microbeads (i) feuchtigkeitsspendende sowie hautberuhigende Eigenschaften.Advantageously, these effector molecule compounds confer on the protein microbeads according to the invention (i) moisturizing and skin-soothing properties.
Vitamin B6, wobei man hierunter keine einheitliche Substanz, sondern die unter den Trivialnamen Pyridoxin, Pyridoxamin und Pyridoxal bekannten Derivate des 5 Hydro- xymethyl-2-methylpyridin-3-ols versteht. Vitamin B7 (Biotin), auch als Vitamin H oder "Hautvitamin" bezeichnet. Bei Biotin handelt es sich um (3aS,4S, 6aR)-2-Oxohexahydrothienol[3,4-d]imidazol-4-valeriansäure.Vitamin B 6 , which is understood here not a single substance, but the known under the common names pyridoxine, pyridoxamine and pyridoxal derivatives of 5-hydroxymethyl-2-methylpyridin-3-ols. Vitamin B 7 (biotin), also known as vitamin H or "skin vitamin". Biotin is (3aS, 4S, 6aR) -2-oxohexahydrothienol [3,4-d] imidazole-4-valeric acid.
Panthenol, Pantolacton, Nicotinsäureamid sowie Biotin sind erfindungsgemäß ganz besonders bevorzugt.Panthenol, pantolactone, nicotinamide and biotin are very particularly preferred according to the invention.
Erfindungsgemäß können geeignete Derivate (Salze, Ester, Zucker, Nukleotide, Nukleoside, Peptide und Lipide) der genannten Verbindungen als Effektormoleküle verwendet werden. Als lipophile, öllösliche Antioxidantien aus dieser Gruppe sind To- copherol und dessen Derivate, Gallussäureester, Flavonoide und Carotinoide sowie Butylhydroxytoluol/anisol bevorzugt. Als wasserlösliche Antioxidantien sind Aminosäuren, z. B. Tyrosin und Cystein und deren Derivate sowie Gerbstoffe, insbesondere solche pflanzlichen Ursprungs bevorzugt.According to the invention, suitable derivatives (salts, esters, sugars, nucleotides, nucleosides, peptides and lipids) of said compounds can be used as effector molecules. As lipophilic, oil-soluble antioxidants from this group, tocopherol and its derivatives, gallic acid esters, flavonoids and carotenoids, and butylhydroxytoluene / anisole are preferred. As water-soluble antioxidants are amino acids, eg. As tyrosine and cysteine and their derivatives and tanning agents, especially those of plant origin are preferred.
Weiter bevorzugt sind sogenannte Peroxydzersetzter, d.h. Verbindungen die in der Lage sind Peroxyde, besonders bevorzugt Lipidperoxyde zu zersetzen. Darunter sind organische Substanzen zu verstehen, wie z.B. Pyridin-2-thiol-3-carbonsäure, 2- Methoxy-pyrimidinol-carbonsäuren, 2-Methoxy-pyridincarbonsäuren, 2-Dimethylamino- pyrimidinolcarbonsäuren, 2-Dimethylamino-pyridincarbonsäuren.More preferred are so-called peroxide decomposed, i. Compounds which are able to decompose peroxides, particularly preferably lipid peroxides. By this are meant organic substances, such as e.g. Pyridine-2-thiol-3-carboxylic acid, 2-methoxy-pyrimidinol-carboxylic acids, 2-methoxy-pyridinecarboxylic acids, 2-dimethylaminopyrimidinolcarboxylic acids, 2-dimethylaminopyridinecarboxylic acids.
Triterpene, insbesondere Triterpensäuren wie Ursolsäure, Rosmarinsäure, Betulinsäu- re, Boswelliasäure und Bryonolsäure.Triterpenes, in particular triterpenic acids such as ursolic acid, rosmarinic acid, betulinic acid, boswellic acid and bryonic acid.
Ein weiteres bevorzugtes Effektormolekül (ii) ist Liponsäure und geeignete Derivate (Salze, Ester, Zucker, Nukleotide, Nukleoside, Peptide und Lipide).Another preferred effector molecule (ii) is lipoic acid and suitable derivatives (salts, esters, sugars, nucleotides, nucleosides, peptides and lipids).
Weitere bevorzugte Effektormoleküle (ii) sind Fettsäuren, insbesondere gesättigte Fettsäuren, die eine Alkylverzweigung tragen, besonders bevorzugt verzweigte Eicosan- säuren, wie 18-Methyl-Eicosansäure.Further preferred effector molecules (ii) are fatty acids, in particular saturated fatty acids which carry an alkyl branching, particularly preferably branched eicosanoic acids, such as 18-methyl-eicosanoic acid.
Weitere bevorzugte Effektormoleküle (ii) sind Farbstoffe, beispielsweise Lebensmittelfarbstoffe, semipermanente Farbstoffe, Reaktiv- oder Oxidationsfarbstoffe. Bei den Oxidationsfarbstoffen ist es bevorzugt, eine Komponente als Effektormolekül (ii) mit den Protein-Microbeads (i) zu verknüpfen und anschliessend am Wirkort, d.h. nach Applikation auf Haut, oxidativ mit der zweiten Farbstoffkomponente zu kuppeln. Bevorzugt ist es bei Oxidationsfarbstoffen ferner, die Kupplung der Farbkomponenten vor der Verknüpfung mit den Protein-Microbeads (i) auszuführen.Further preferred effector molecules (ii) are dyes, for example food dyes, semi-permanent dyes, reactive or oxidation dyes. In the case of the oxidation dyes, it is preferable to link a component as the effector molecule (ii) to the protein microbeads (i) and then to the site of action, i. after application to skin, to couple with the second dye component oxidatively. In the case of oxidation dyes, it is also preferable to carry out the coupling of the color components before the linkage with the protein microbeads (i).
Die Reaktivfarbstoffe können weiterhin bevorzugt als eine Komponente als Effektormolekül (ii) mit den Protein-Microbeads (i) verknüpft sein und anschließend auf die Haut appliziert werden. Weiterhin können solche Farbstoffe, die als Effektormolekül (ii) mit den Protein-Microbeads (i) verknüpft sind, durch Applikation auf Haut in der dekorativen Kosmetik eingesetzt werden.The reactive dyes may furthermore preferably be linked as a component as effector molecule (ii) to the protein microbeads (i) and subsequently applied to the skin. Furthermore, such dyes, as effector molecule (ii) with The protein microbeads (i) are linked by application to skin in decorative cosmetics.
Als Farbstoffe sind alle gängigen Haarfarbstoffe für die erfindungsgemässen Moleküle geeignet. Geeignete Farbstoffe sind dem Fachmann aus Handbüchern der Kosmetik beispielsweise Schrader, Grundlagen und Rezepturen der Kosmetika, Hüthig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491 -1 bekannt.Suitable dyestuffs are all customary hair dyestuffs for the molecules according to the invention. Suitable dyes are those skilled in handbooks of cosmetics such as Schrader, bases and formulations of cosmetics, Hüthig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491 -1 known.
Besonders vorteilhafte Farbstoffe sind die in der folgenden Liste genannten. Die Colour Index Nummern (CIN) sind dem Rowe Colour Index, 3. Auflage, Society of Dyers and Colourists, Bradford, England, 1971 entnommen.Particularly advantageous dyes are those mentioned in the following list. The Color Index Numbers (CIN) are taken from the Rowe Color Index, 3rd Edition, Society of Dyers and Colourists, Bradford, England, 1971.
Gut geeignet können auch Lebensmittelfarbstoffe als Farbstoffe sein.Also suitable are food dyes as dyes.
Verknüpfung (Kupplung) der Effektormoleküle (M) mit dem Protein (i) Die Effektormoleküle (N) sind mit Protein (i) verbunden. Die Verbindung zwischen (i) und (ii) kann sowohl eine kovalente Bindung sein als auch auf ionischen oder van-der Waals Wechselwirkungen oder hydrophoben Wechselwirkungen oder Wasserstoffbrü- ckenbindungen oder Adsorption beruhen.Linkage (coupling) of the effector molecules (M) to the protein (i) The effector molecules (N) are linked to protein (i). The compound between (i) and (ii) may be both a covalent bond and be based on ionic or van der Waals interactions or hydrophobic interactions or hydrogen bonds or adsorption.
Jede Art von Kopplung, kovalent oder nicht-kovalent, des Effektormoleküls (ii) an das Microbead bildende Protein (i) kann im gelösten Zustand vor Phasentrennung erfolgen. Im Anschluss an die Kopplung erfolgt die wie im Beispiel 1 beschriebene Bildung von Microbeads durch Phasentrennung.Any type of coupling, covalent or noncovalent, of the effector molecule (ii) to the microbead-forming protein (i) may be in the dissolved state prior to phase separation. Following the coupling, the formation of microbeads as described in Example 1 is carried out by phase separation.
Alternativ kann eine Kopplung des Effektormoleküls (ii) auch an die bereits durch Phasentrennung erzeugten Protein-Microbeads (i) oder während des Phasentrennungsprozesses erfolgen.Alternatively, a coupling of the effector molecule (ii) to the already produced by phase separation protein microbeads (i) or during the phase separation process.
Bevorzugt ist eine nicht-kovalente Kopplung des Effektormoleküls (ii) an das Microbead bildende Protein (i). Diese kann sowohl auf auf ionischen oder van-der Waals Wechselwirkungen oder hydrophoben Wechselwirkungen oder Wasserstoffbrückenbindungen beruhen. Dabei wird das Effektormolekül während der Phasentrennung wie in Bsp. 4 beschrieben in die Protein-Microbeads (i) eingeschlossen oder auf deren Oberfläche gebunden.Preferred is a non-covalent coupling of the effector molecule (ii) to the microbead-forming protein (i). This can be based on ionic or van-der Waals interactions or hydrophobic interactions or hydrogen bonds. During the phase separation, the effector molecule is enclosed in the protein microbeads (i) as described in Example 4 or bound to its surface.
Um Effektormoleküle (ii) nicht-kovalent an das -Microbead-bildende Protein (i) zu binden, werden das Effektormolekül (ii) und das Protein (i) in demselben Lösungsmittel gelöst, so dass eine gemeinsame Phase entsteht. Dazu können beide Komponenten direkt durch ein Lösungsmittel oder eine Lösungsmittelmischung in Lösung gebracht werden. Alternativ kann das Effektormolekül (ii) zunächst in einem anderen Lösungsmittel als das Microbead-bildende Protein (i) gelöst und im Anschluss mit der Proteinlösung (i) vermischt werden, so dass wiederum eine gemeinsame Phase entsteht. Das Vorlösen des Effektormoleküls (ii) ist insbesondere dann von Vorteil, wenn sich das Effektormolekül (ii) und das Microbead-bildende Protein (i) nicht in demselben Lösungsmittel lösen lassen, wie z.B. bei wässrigen Proteinlösungen (i) und hydrophoben Effektormolekülen (ii). Bespiele für geeignete, wassermischbare Lösungsmittel sind Alkohole wie Methanol, Ethanol und Isopropanol, fluorierte Alkohole wie Hexafluori- sopropanol und Trifluorethanol, Alkanone wie Aceton oder auch Sulfoxide wie z.B. Di- methylsulfoxid oder Formamide wie Dimethylformamid. Alternativ kann das Microbead- bildende Protein (i) in fluorierten Alkoholen wie z.B. Hexafluorisopropanol oder Trifluorethanol gelöst und die Proteinlösung im Anschluss mit Effektormolekülen (ii) in organischen Lösungsmitteln vermischt werden. Geeignete Lösungsmittel, die sich z.B. gut mit Hexafluorisopropanol mischen lassen sind u.a. Alkohole wie Methanol, Ethanol undIn order to non-covalently bind effector molecules (ii) to the microbead-forming protein (i), the effector molecule (ii) and the protein (i) are dissolved in the same solvent to form a common phase. For this purpose, both components can be brought into solution directly by a solvent or a solvent mixture. Alternatively, the effector molecule (ii) may first be dissolved in a solvent other than the microbead-forming protein (i) and subsequently mixed with the protein solution (i) to form a common phase. Pre-dissolving the effector molecule (ii) is particularly advantageous when the effector molecule (ii) and the microbead-forming protein (i) can not be dissolved in the same solvent, e.g. in aqueous protein solutions (i) and hydrophobic effector molecules (ii). Examples of suitable, water-miscible solvents are alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isopropanol, fluorinated alcohols such as hexafluoropropanol and trifluoroethanol, alkanones such as acetone or sulfoxides such. Dimethylsulfoxide or formamides such as dimethylformamide. Alternatively, the microbead-forming protein (i) may be expressed in fluorinated alcohols, e.g. Hexafluorisopropanol or trifluoroethanol dissolved and the protein solution are subsequently mixed with effector molecules (ii) in organic solvents. Suitable solvents, e.g. can be mixed well with hexafluoroisopropanol u.a. Alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and
Isopropanol, Alkanone wie Aceton, Sulfoxide wie z.B. Dimethylsulfoxid, Formamide wie Dimethylformamid, Halogenalkane wie Methylenchlorid oder auch weitere organische Lösungsmittel wie Tetrahydrofuran.Isopropanol, alkanones such as acetone, sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide, formamides such as Dimethylformamide, haloalkanes such as methylene chloride or other organic solvents such as tetrahydrofuran.
Die nicht-kovalente Bindung des Effektormoleküls (ii) an das Microbead-bildende Pro- tein (i) erfolgt während der Assemblierung des Proteins (i) zu Microbeads, wobei dieThe noncovalent binding of the effector molecule (ii) to the microbead-forming protein (i) takes place during the assembly of the protein (i) into microbeads, the
Assemblierung wie in Beispiel 1 beschrieben durch induzierte Phasentrennung in eine feste Proteinphase und eine Lösungsmittelphase erfolgen kann. Durch die Wahl desAssembly as described in Example 1 by induced phase separation into a solid protein phase and a solvent phase can take place. By choosing the
Lösungsmittels und der Proteinkonzentration kann der mittlere Durchmesser der Prote- in-Microbeads auf Werte zwischen 0,1 μm bis 100 μm eingestellt werden. Im An- Schluss an die Assemblierungsreaktion sollte die Morphologie der Microbeads (i) durch licht- und elektronenmikroskopische Methoden bestimmt werden.Solvent and the protein concentration, the average diameter of the protein in microbeads can be adjusted to values between 0.1 .mu.m to 100 .mu.m. Following the assembly reaction, the morphology of the microbeads (i) was to be determined by light and electron microscopy methods.
Die Bindung des Effektormoleküls kann auf hydrophoben Wechselwirkungen, Wasserstoffbrücken, ionischen Wechselwirkung und van-der-Waals-Wechselwirkungen oder einer Mischung dieser zwischenmolekularen Kräfte beruhen. Dabei kann das Effektormolekül an die Oberfläche der Protein-Microbeads (i) gebunden sein, in die Protein- Microbeads (i) eingeschlossen sein oder auch auf beide Arten mit den Protein- Microbeads (i) assoziiert sein.The binding of the effector molecule may be due to hydrophobic interactions, hydrogen bonding, ionic interaction and van der Waals interactions, or a mixture of these intermolecular forces. In this case, the effector molecule can be bound to the surface of the protein microbeads (i), be included in the protein microbeads (i) or else be associated with the protein microbeads (i) in both ways.
Die Bindung des Effektormoleküls an die Protein-Microbeads (i) kann durch die Verarmung des Assemblierungsansatzes an löslichen Effektormolekülen (ii) bestimmt werden. Die Konzentration der Effektormoleküle (ii) kann durch eine quantitative Analyse der Effektormoleküleigenschaften gemessen werden. So kann die Bindung von gefärbten Effektormolekülen (ii) z.B. durch photometrische Methoden analysiert werden. Da- zu werden z.B. die Färbung der Protein-Microbeads (i) oder die Entfärbung des Assemblierungsansatzes durch Messen der Absorption des gefärbten Effektormoleküls bestimmt. Durch diese Methoden lassen sich auch die Beladungsdichte der Protein- Microbeads (i) (Effektormoleküle pro Protein) und die Beladungseffizienz (% gebundene Effektormoleküle) berechnen.The binding of the effector molecule to the protein microbeads (i) can be determined by the depletion of the assembly approach on soluble effector molecules (ii). The concentration of the effector molecules (ii) can be measured by a quantitative analysis of the effector molecule properties. Thus, the binding of colored effector molecules (ii) may be e.g. be analyzed by photometric methods. For example, the staining of the protein microbeads (i) or the decolorization of the assembly mixture is determined by measuring the absorption of the stained effector molecule. These methods can also be used to calculate the loading density of the protein microbeads (i) (effector molecules per protein) and the loading efficiency (% bound effector molecules).
Alternativ zur nicht-kovalenten Kopplung kann eine kovalente Verknüpfung des Effektormoleküls (ii) an die Protein-Microbeads (i) wie in Beispiel 6 beschrieben erfolgen. Diese kann beispielsweise über die Seitenketten der Polypeptidsequenz des Micro- bead-bildenden Proteins (i) erfolgen, insbesondere über Aminofunktionen oder Hydro- xyfunktionen oder Carboxylatfunktionen oder Thiolfunktionen. Bevorzugt ist eine Verknüpfung über die Aminofunktionen von einem oder mehreren Lysinresten, über die Carboxylatfunktionen von einem oder mehreren Glutamat- oder Aspartatenresten, einer oder mehrere Thiolgruppen von Cysteinresten oder über die N-terminale oder C- terminale Funktion des des Microbead-bildenden Polypeptids (i). Außer den in der des Microbead-bildenden Polypeptidsequenz (i) vorkommenden Aminosäurefunktionen können auch Aminosäuren mit geeigneten Funktionen (z.B. Cysteine, Lysine, Aspartate, Glutamate) an die Sequenz angefügt oder in die Sequenz eingefügt werden, oder Aminosäuren der des Microbead-bildenden Polypeptidsequenz (i) durch solche Aminosäurefunktionen substituiert werden.Alternatively to the non-covalent coupling, a covalent linkage of the effector molecule (ii) to the protein microbeads (i) can be carried out as described in Example 6. This can be carried out, for example, via the side chains of the polypeptide sequence of the microbead-forming protein (i), in particular via amino functions or hydroxyl functions or carboxylate functions or thiol functions. Preferred is a linkage via the amino functions of one or more lysine residues, via the carboxylate functions of one or more glutamate or aspartate residues, one or more thiol groups of cysteine residues or via the N-terminal or C-terminal function of the microbead-forming polypeptide (i ). In addition to the amino acid functions occurring in the microbead-forming polypeptide sequence (i), amino acids with suitable functions (eg cysteines, lysines, aspartates, glutamates) may also be added to the sequence or inserted into the sequence, or Amino acids of the microbead-forming polypeptide sequence (i) are substituted by such amino acid functions.
Die Verknüpfung der Effektormoleküle (ii) mit dem Microbead bildenden Protein (i) kann entweder direkt, d.h. als kovalente Verknüpfung zweier in (i) und (ii) bereits vorhandener chemischer Funktionen erfolgen, beispielsweise eine Aminofunktion von (i) wird mit einer Carboxylatfunktion von (ii) zum Säureamid verknüpft. Die Verknüpfung kann aber auch über einen sogenannten Linker, d.h. einem mindestens bifunktionellen Molekül erfolgen, der mit einer Funktion mit (i) eine Bindung eingeht und mit einer oder mehreren anderen Funktionen mit (ii) verknüpft wird.Linkage of the effector molecules (ii) to the microbead-forming protein (i) may be either directly, i. as a covalent linkage of two in (i) and (ii) already existing chemical functions take place, for example, an amino function of (i) is linked to a carboxylate function of (ii) to the acid amide. The linkage can also be via a so-called linker, i. an at least bifunctional molecule that undergoes a function with (i) a bond and is linked to one or more other functions with (ii).
Falls das Effektormolekül (ii) ebenfalls aus einer Polypeptidsequenz besteht, kann die Verknüpfung von (i) und (ii) als ein sogenanntes Fusionsprotein erfolgen, d.h. eine durchgängige Polypeptidsequenz, die aus den beiden Teilsequenzen (i) und (ii) be- steht.If the effector molecule (ii) also consists of a polypeptide sequence, the linkage of (i) and (ii) can take place as a so-called fusion protein, i. a continuous polypeptide sequence consisting of the two partial sequences (i) and (ii).
Es können zwischen (i) und (ii) auch noch sogenannte Spacerelemente eingebaut werden, beispielsweise Polypeptidsequenzen, die eine potentielle Spaltstelle für eine Protease, Lipase, Esterase, Phosphatase, Hydrolase besitzen oder Oligo- und PoIy- peptidsequenzen, die eine leichte Aufreinigung des Fusionsproteins gestatten, beispielsweise sogenannte His-tags, d.h. Oligohistidinreste.It is also possible to incorporate so-called spacer elements between (i) and (ii), for example polypeptide sequences which have a potential cleavage site for a protease, lipase, esterase, phosphatase, hydrolase or oligopeptide and polypeptide sequences which facilitate easy purification of the fusion protein allow, for example, so-called His-tags, ie Oligohistidinreste.
Weiterhin können die Spacerelemete aus, Alkylketten, Ethylenglykol und Polyethylen- glykolen zusammengesetzt sein.Furthermore, the spacer elements may be composed of alkyl chains, ethylene glycol and polyethylene glycols.
Besonders bevorzugt sind Linker- und/oder Spacerelemente, die eine potentielle Spaltstelle für eine Protease, Lipase, Esterase, Phosphatase, Hydrolase besitzen, d.h. en- zymatisch spaltbar sind. Beispiele für enzymatisch spaltbare Linker, die bei den erfindungsgemässen Molekülen eingesetzt werden können, sind beispielsweise in WO 98/01406 genannt, auf deren gesamten Inhalt hiermit ausdrücklich Bezug genommen wird.Especially preferred are linker and / or spacer elements which have a potential cleavage site for a protease, lipase, esterase, phosphatase, hydrolase, i. are enzymatically cleavable. Examples of enzymatically cleavable linkers which can be used in the molecules according to the invention are mentioned, for example, in WO 98/01406, to the entire contents of which reference is hereby expressly made.
Besonders bevorzugt sind Linker und Spacer die thermospaltbar, photospaltbar sind. Entsprechende chemische Strukturen sind dem Fachmann bekannt und werden zwi- sehen die Molekülteile (i) und (ii) integriert.Particularly preferred are linkers and spacers which are thermally dissociable, photocleavable. Corresponding chemical structures are known to the person skilled in the art and are integrated between the molecular parts (i) and (ii).
Die Verknüpfung im Falle eines nicht-proteinartigen Effektormoleküls mit den Protein- Microbeads (i) erfolgt bevorzugt durch funktionalisierbare Reste (Seitengruppen, C- oder N-Terminus) am Microbead-bildenden Polypeptid (i), die mit einer chemischen Funktion des Effektormoleküls eine kovalente Verbindung eingehen. Bevorzugt ist hier die Bindungsknüpfung über eine Amino-, Thiol- oder Hydroxyfunktion des Microbead-bildenden Polypeptids (i), die beispielsweise mit einer Carboxylfunktion des Effektormoleküls (ii), ggf. nach Aktivierung, eine entsprechende Amid-, Thioester oder Esterbindung eingehen können.The linkage in the case of a non-proteinaceous effector molecule with the protein microbeads (i) is preferably carried out by functionalizable groups (side groups, C- or N-terminus) on the microbead-forming polypeptide (i) having a covalent chemical function of the effector molecule Make contact. Preference is given here to the bond formation via an amino, thiol or hydroxyl function of the microbead-forming polypeptide (i), which can enter into a corresponding amide, thioester or ester bond, for example with a carboxyl function of the effector molecule (ii), if appropriate after activation.
Eine weitere bevorzugte Verknüpfung der Protein-Microbeads (i) mit einem Effektormolekül (ii) ist die Verwendung eines massgeschneiderten Linkers. Ein solcher Linker hat zwei oder mehr sogenannte Ankergruppen mit denen er die Microbead-bildende PoIy- peptidsequenz (i) und ein oder mehrere Effektormoleküle (ii) verknüpfen kann. Bei- spielsweise kann eine Ankergruppe für (i) eine Thiolfunktion sein, mittels derer der Linker mit einem Cysteinrest des Microbead-bildenden Polypeptids (i) eine Disulfidbin- dung eingehen kann. Eine Ankergruppe für (ii) kann beispielsweise eine Carboxylfunktion sein, mittels derer der Linker mit einer Hydroxylfunktion des Effektormoleküls (ii) eine Esterbindung eingehen kann.Another preferred linkage of the protein microbeads (i) with an effector molecule (ii) is the use of a tailored linker. Such a linker has two or more so-called anchor groups with which it can link the microbead-forming polypeptide sequence (i) and one or more effector molecules (ii). For example, an anchor group for (i) may be a thiol function by which the linker can form a disulfide bond with a cysteine residue of the microbead-forming polypeptide (i). An anchor group for (ii) may, for example, be a carboxyl function by means of which the linker with a hydroxyl function of the effector molecule (ii) can undergo ester bonding.
Die Verwendung solcher massgeschneiderter Linker erlaubt die genaue Anpassung der Verknüpfung an das gewünschte Effektormolekül. Ausserdem ist es dadurch möglich, mehrere Effektormoleküle mit einer Microbead-bildenden Polypeptidsequenz (i) definiert zu verknüpfen.The use of such tailored linker allows the exact adaptation of the linkage to the desired effector molecule. In addition, it is thereby possible to link several effector molecules with a microbead-forming polypeptide sequence (i) in a defined manner.
Der verwendete Linker richtet sich nach der zu koppelnden Funktionalität. Geeignet sind z.B. Moleküle, die zu Microbead-bildenden Polypeptiden (i) koppeln mittels SuIf- hydryl-reaktiven Gruppen, z.B. Maleimide, Pydridyldisulfide, α -Haloacetyle, Vinylsulfo- ne, Sulfatoalkylsulfone (bevorzugt Sulfatoethylsulfone) und zu Effektormolekülen (ii) mittelsThe linker used depends on the functionality to be coupled. Suitable are e.g. Molecules which couple to microbead-forming polypeptides (i) by means of sulfhydryl-reactive groups, e.g. Maleimides, pydridyl disulfides, α-haloacetyls, vinyl sulfones, sulfatoalkyl sulfones (preferably sulfatoethylsulfones) and to effector molecules (ii) by means of
Sulfhydryl-reaktiven Gruppen (z.B. Maleimide, Pydridyldisulfide, α -Haloacetyle, Vinylsulfone, Sulfatoalkylsulfone (bevorzugt Sulfatoethylsulfone) Amin-reaktive Gruppen (z.B. Succinimidylester, Carbodiimde, Hydroxymethyl- Phosphin, Imidoester, PFP-Ester, Aldehyd, Isothiocyanat etc.) - Zucker bzw. oxidierte Zucker-reaktive Gruppen (z.B. Hydrazide etc.) Carboxy-reaktive Gruppen (z.B. Amine etc.) Hydroxyl-reaktive Gruppen (z.B. Isocyanate etc.) Thymin-reaktive Gruppen (z.B. Psoralen etc.) unselektive Gruppen (z.B. Arylazide etc.) - photoaktivierbare Gruppen (z.B. Perfluorphenylazid etc.)Sulfhydryl-reactive groups (eg maleimides, Pydridyldisulfide, α-haloacetyls, vinylsulfones, sulfatoalkylsulfones (preferably sulfatoethylsulfones) amine-reactive groups (eg, succinimidyl, carbodiimde, hydroxymethyl-phosphine, imido, PFP esters, aldehyde, isothiocyanate, etc.) - sugar or oxidized sugar-reactive groups (eg hydrazides etc.) carboxy-reactive groups (eg amines etc.) hydroxyl-reactive groups (eg isocyanates etc.) thymine-reactive groups (eg psoralen etc.) unselective groups (eg aryl azides etc.) - photoactivatable groups (eg perfluorophenyl azide etc.)
Metallkomplexierenden Gruppen (z.B. EDTA, Hexahis, Ferritin)Metal-complexing groups (e.g., EDTA, hexahis, ferritin)
Antikörper und -fragmente (z.B. single-chain antibodies, F(ab)-Fragmente vonAntibodies and fragments (e.g., single-chain antibodies, F (ab) fragments of
Antikörpern, katalytische Antikörper). Alternativ kann eine direkte Kopplung zwischen Effektormolekülen und den Protein- Microbeads (i) z.B. mittels Carbodiimiden, Glutardialdehyd, den oben genannten oder anderen, dem Fachmann bekannten Crosslinkern durchgeführt werden.Antibodies, catalytic antibodies). Alternatively, a direct coupling between effector molecules and the protein microbeads (i) can be carried out, for example, by means of carbodiimides, glutaric dialdehyde, the abovementioned or other crosslinkers known to the person skilled in the art.
Die an Protein-Microbeads (i) kovalent oder nicht-kovalent gekoppelten Effektormoleküle (ii) können in ihrer gebundenen Form aktiv sein. Alternativ können die an Protein- Microbeads (i) gekoppelten Effektormoleküle (ii) aber auch aus den Protein- Microbeads (i) oder von deren Oberfläche freigesetzt werden.The covalently or non-covalently coupled to protein microbeads (i) effector molecules (ii) may be active in their bonded form. Alternatively, the effector molecules (ii) coupled to protein microbeads (i) can also be released from the protein microbeads (i) or from their surface.
Die Freisetzung kovalent gekoppelter Effektormoleküle (ii) aus den Protein-Microbeads (i) kann durch Spaltung spezifisch eingebrachter spaltbarer Spacer oder Kopplungslinker, die z.B. thermospaltbar, photospaltbar oder enzymatisch spaltbar sein können, aber auch durch proteolytischen Abbau (z.B. durch Proteasen) wie in Beispiel 5 beschrieben oder durch Auflösen der Protein-Microbeads (i) oder durch mechanische Zerstörung der Protein-Microbeads (i) erfolgen.The release of covalently coupled effector molecules (ii) from the protein microbeads (i) can be achieved by cleavage of specifically introduced cleavable spacers or coupling linkers, e.g. thermally cleavable, photocleavable or enzymatically cleavable, but also by proteolytic degradation (e.g., by proteases) as described in Example 5 or by dissolution of the protein microbeads (i) or by mechanical disruption of the protein microbeads (i).
Die Freisetzung nicht-kovalent gekoppelter Effektormoleküle (ii) aus den Protein- Microbeads (i) kann durch Desorption in geeignete Lösungsmittel, durch den Abbau der Microbeads (i) durch Proteasen oder durch Auflösen der Protein-Microbeads (i) oder durch mechanische Zerstörung der Protein-Microbeads (i) erfolgen. Geeignete Lösungsmittel für die Desorption sind alle Lösungsmittel oder Lösungsmittelgemische, in denen sich das Effektormolekül (ii) lösen lässt. Lösungsmittel, die die Protein- Microbeads (i) auflösen können sind z.B. fluorierte Alkohole wie Trifluorethanol und Hexafluorisopropanol oder auch Lösungen aus chaotropen Salzen wie z.B. Harnstoff, Guanidiniumhydrochlorid und Guanidiniumthiocyanat.The release of non-covalently coupled effector molecules (ii) from the protein microbeads (i) can be by desorption in suitable solvents, by the degradation of the microbeads (i) by proteases or by dissolving the protein microbeads (i) or by mechanical destruction of the Protein microbeads (i) take place. Suitable solvents for the desorption are all solvents or solvent mixtures in which the effector molecule (ii) can be dissolved. Solvents that can dissolve the protein microbeads (i) are e.g. fluorinated alcohols such as trifluoroethanol and hexafluoroisopropanol or else solutions of chaotropic salts such as e.g. Urea, guanidinium hydrochloride and guanidinium thiocyanate.
Geeignete Proteasen können als technische Proteasen einer Suspension von Protein- Microbeads (i) gezielt zugesetzt werden oder am gewünschten Wirkort der Effektormoleküle (ii) natürlicherweise vorkommen, wie z.B. Hautproteasen oder von Mikroorganismen freigesetzte Proteasen.Suitable proteases can be added as technical proteases to a suspension of protein microbeads (i) in a targeted manner or occur naturally at the desired site of action of the effector molecules (ii), e.g. Skin proteases or proteases released by microorganisms.
Die Geschwindigkeit und Kinetik der Freisetzung der Effektormoleküle (ii) können durch die Beladungsdichte mit Effektormolekülen (ii) und die mittlere Größe der Microbeads (i) gesteuert werden.The rate and kinetics of the release of the effector molecules (ii) can be controlled by the loading density with effector molecules (ii) and the mean size of the microbeads (i).
Für die erfindungsgemäße Verwendung in der Kosmetik werden die Protein- Microbeads (i) mit üblichen weiteren in der Kosmetik Anwendung findenden Wirk- und Hilfsstoffen formuliert.For the inventive use in cosmetics, the protein microbeads (i) are formulated with customary other active ingredients and auxiliaries used in cosmetics.
Bevorzugt werden die erfindungsgemäßen Protein-Microbeads (i) für die Hautkosmetik angewendet. Sie erlauben eine hohe Konzentration und lange Wirkdauer von hautpflegenden oder hautschützenden Effektorstoffen. Geeignete Hilfs- und Zusatzstoffe für die Herstellung von haarkosmetischen, nagelkosmetischen oder hautkosmetischen Zubereitungen sind dem Fachmann geläufig und können aus Handbüchern der Kosmetik, beispielsweise Schrader, Grundlagen und Rezepturen der Kosmetika, Hüthig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491-1 , entnommen werden.The protein microbeads (i) according to the invention are preferably used for skin cosmetics. They allow a high concentration and long duration of action of skin-care or skin-protecting effector substances. Suitable auxiliaries and additives for the production of hair cosmetic, nail cosmetic or skin cosmetic preparations are familiar to the expert and can from manuals of cosmetics, such as Schrader, bases and formulations of cosmetics, Hüthig Verlag, Heidelberg, 1989, ISBN 3-7785-1491-1 , are taken.
Bei den erfindungsgemäßen kosmetischen Mitteln kann es sich um hautkosmetische, nagelkossmetische, haarkosmetische, dermatologische, hygienische oder pharmazeu- tische Mittel handeln.The cosmetic agents according to the invention may be skin-cosmetic, nail-cosmetic, hair-cosmetic, dermatological, hygienic or pharmaceutical agents.
Vorzugsweise liegen die erfindungsgemäßen Mittel in Form eines Gels, Schaums, Sprays, einer Salbe, Creme, Emulsion, Suspension, Lotion, Milch oder Paste vor. Ge- wünschtenfalls können auch Liposomen oder Mikrosphären eingesetzt werden.The agents according to the invention are preferably in the form of a gel, foam, spray, ointment, cream, emulsion, suspension, lotion, milk or paste. If desired, liposomes or microspheres can also be used.
Die erfindungsgemäßen kosmetisch oder pharmazeutisch aktiven Mittel können zusätzlich kosmetisch und/oder dermatologisch aktive Wirkstoffe sowie Hilfsstoffe enthalten.The cosmetically or pharmaceutically active agents according to the invention may additionally contain cosmetically and / or dermatologically active agents as well as excipients.
Vorzugsweise enthalten die erfindungsgemäßen kosmetischen Mittel wenigstens ein Protein-Microbead, und wenigstens einen davon verschiedenen Bestandteil, der ausgewählt ist unter kosmetisch aktiven Wirkstoffen, Emulgatoren, Tensiden, Konservierungsmitteln, Parfümölen, Verdickern, Haarpolymeren, Haar-und Hautconditionern, Pfropfpolymeren, wasserlöslichen oder dispergierbaren silikonhaltigen Polymeren, Lichtschutzmitteln, Bleichmitteln, Gelbildnern, Pflegemitteln, Färbemitteln, Tönungsmitteln, Bräunungsmitteln, Farbstoffen, Pigmenten, Konsistenzgebern, Feuchthaltemitteln, Rückfettern, Collagen, Eiweißhydrolysaten, Lipiden, Antioxidantien, Entschäumern, Antistatika, Emollienzien und Weichmachern. Die Protein-Microbeads (i) können auch in verkapselter Form in den kosmetischen Zubereitungen enthalten sein.The cosmetic compositions according to the invention preferably comprise at least one protein microbead and at least one different constituent selected from cosmetically active ingredients, emulsifiers, surfactants, preservatives, perfume oils, thickeners, hair polymers, hair and skin conditioners, graft polymers, water-soluble or dispersible silicone-containing Polymers, sunscreens, bleaches, gelling agents, conditioners, colorants, tints, tanning agents, dyes, pigments, bodying agents, moisturizers, restoats, collagen, protein hydrolysates, lipids, antioxidants, defoamers, antistatic agents, emollients and emollients. The protein microbeads (i) can also be present in encapsulated form in the cosmetic preparations.
Vorteilhafterweise werden die Antioxidantien gewählt aus der Gruppe, bestehend aus Aminosäuren (z.B. Glycin, Histidin, Tyrosin, Tryptophan) und deren Derivate, Imidazo- Ie (z.B. Urocaninsäure) und deren Derivate, Peptide wie D,L-Carnosin, D-Carnosin, L- Carnosin und deren Derivate (z.B. Anserin), Carotinoide, Carotine (z.B. ß-Carotin, Ly- copin) und deren Derivate, Chlorogensäure und deren Derivate, Liponsäure und deren Derivate (z.B. Dihydroliponsäure), Aurothioglucose, Propylthiouracil und andere Thiole (z.B. Thiorodoxin, Glutathion, Cystein, Cystin, Cystamin und deren Glycosyl-, N-Acetyl- , Methyl-, Ethyl-, Propyl-, Amyl-, Butyl-, und Lauryl-, Palmitoyl-, Oleyl-, γ-Linoleyl-, Cho- lesteryl- und Glycerylester) sowie deren Salze, Dilaurylthiodipropionat, Distearylthio- dipropionat, Thiodipropionsäure und deren Derivate (Ester, Ether, Peptide, Lipide,Advantageously, the antioxidants are selected from the group consisting of amino acids (eg glycine, histidine, tyrosine, tryptophan) and their derivatives, imidazolones (eg urocaninic acid) and their derivatives, peptides such as D, L-carnosine, D-carnosine, L Carnosine and its derivatives (eg anserine), carotenoids, carotenes (eg .beta.-carotene, lycopene) and their derivatives, chlorogenic acid and its derivatives, lipoic acid and derivatives thereof (eg dihydrolipoic acid), aurothioglucose, propylthiouracil and other thiols (eg thiorodoxin , Glutathione, cysteine, cystine, cystamine and their glycosyl, N-acetyl, methyl, ethyl, propyl, amyl, butyl, and lauryl, palmitoyl, oleyl, γ-linoleyl, chlorine, lesteryl and glyceryl esters) and their salts, dilauryl thiodipropionate, distearyl thiodipropionate, thiodipropionic acid and derivatives thereof (esters, ethers, peptides, lipids,
Nukleotide, Nukleoside und Salze) sowie Sulfoximinverbindungen (z.B. Buthioninsulfo- ximine, Homocysteinsulfoximine, Buthioninsulfone, Penta-, Hexa-, Heptathioninsulfo- ximin) in sehr geringen verträglichen Dosierungen (z.B. pmol bis μmol/kg), ferner (Me- tall)-Chelatoren (z.B. α-Hydroxyfettsäuren, Palmitinsäure, Phytinsäure, Lactoferrin), α- Hydroxysäuren (z.B. Citronensäure, Milchsäure, Apfelsäure), Huminsäure, Gallensäure, Gallenextrakte, Bilirubin, Biliverdin, EDTA und deren Derivate, ungesättigte Fett- säuren und deren Derivate (z.B. γ-Linolensäure, Linolsäure, Ölsäure), Folsäure und deren Derivate, Ubichinon und Ubichinol und deren Derivate, Vitamin C und deren Derivate (z.B. Natriumascorbat, Ascorbylpalmitat, Mg-Ascorbylphosphat, Ascorbylacetat), Tocopherol und Derivate (z.B. Vitamin-E-Acetat, Tocotrienol), Vitamin A und Derivate (Vitamin-A-Palmitat) sowie Koniferylbenzoat des Benzoeharzes, Rutinsäure und deren Derivate, α-Glycosylrutin, Ferulasäure, Furfurylidenglucitol, Carnosin, Butylhydroxyto- luol, Butylhydroxyanisol, Nordihydroguajakharzsäure, Nordihydroguajaretsäure, Tri- hydroxybutyrophenon, Harnsäure und deren Derivate, Mannose und deren Derivate, Zink und dessen Derivate (z.B. ZnO, ZnSO4), Selen und dessen Derivate (z.B. Selen- methionin), Stilbene und deren Derivate (z.B. Stilbenoxid, Trans-Stilbenoxid).Nucleotides, nucleosides and salts) as well as sulfoximine compounds (eg buthionine sulfoximes, homocysteinesulfoximines, buthionine sulfones, penta, hexa, heptathionine sulfo). ximin) in very low tolerated dosages (eg pmol to μmol / kg), furthermore (metal) chelators (eg α-hydroxyfatty acids, palmitic acid, phytic acid, lactoferrin), α-hydroxy acids (eg citric acid, lactic acid, malic acid), humic acid , Bile acids, bile extracts, bilirubin, biliverdin, EDTA and their derivatives, unsaturated fatty acids and their derivatives (eg γ-linolenic acid, linoleic acid, oleic acid), folic acid and its derivatives, ubiquinone and ubiquinol and their derivatives, vitamin C and derivatives thereof ( eg, sodium ascorbate, ascorbyl palmitate, Mg ascorbyl phosphate, ascorbyl acetate), tocopherol and derivatives (eg, vitamin E acetate, tocotrienol), vitamin A and derivatives (vitamin A palmitate), as well as coniferyl benzoate of benzoin, rutinic acid and derivatives thereof, α-glycosyl rutin , Ferulic acid, furfurylideneglucitol, carnosine, butylhydroxytoluene, butylated hydroxyanisole, nordihydroguaiacetic acid, nordihydroguiaretic acid, trihydroxybutyrophenone, uric acid and its derivatives, Mannose and its derivatives, zinc and its derivatives (eg ZnO, ZnSO 4 ), selenium and its derivatives (eg selenium methionine), stilbenes and their derivatives (eg stilbene oxide, trans-stilbene oxide).
Vorteilhaft sind weiterhin sogenannte Peroxydzersetzter, d.h. Verbindungen die in der Lage sind Peroxyde, besonders bevorzugt Lipidperoxyde zu zersetzen. Darunter sind organische Substanzen zu verstehen, wie z.B. Pyridin-2-thiol-3-carbonsäure, 2- Methoxy-pyrimidinol-carbonsäuren, 2-Methoxy-pyridincarbonsäuren, 2-Dimethylamino- pyrimidinolcarbonsäuren, 2-Dimethylamino-pyridincarbonsäuren.Also advantageous are so-called peroxide decomposers, i. Compounds which are able to decompose peroxides, particularly preferably lipid peroxides. By this are meant organic substances, such as e.g. Pyridine-2-thiol-3-carboxylic acid, 2-methoxy-pyrimidinol-carboxylic acids, 2-methoxy-pyridinecarboxylic acids, 2-dimethylaminopyrimidinolcarboxylic acids, 2-dimethylaminopyridinecarboxylic acids.
Übliche Verdickungsmittel in derartigen Formulierungen sind vernetzte Polyacrylsäu- ren und deren Derivate, Polysaccharide und deren Derivate, wie Xanthangum, Agar- Agar, Alginate oder Tylosen, Cellulosederivate, z.B. Carboxymethylcellulose oder Hydroxycarboxymethylcellulose, Fettalkohole, Monoglyceride und Fettsäuren, Polyvi- nylalkohol und Polyvinylpyrrolidon. Bevorzugt werden nichtionische Verdicker eingesetzt.Typical thickeners in such formulations are crosslinked polyacrylic acids and their derivatives, polysaccharides and their derivatives, such as xanthan gum, agar-agar, alginates or tyloses, cellulose derivatives, e.g. Carboxymethylcellulose or hydroxycarboxymethylcellulose, fatty alcohols, monoglycerides and fatty acids, polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Nonionic thickeners are preferably used.
Geeignete kosmetisch und/oder dermatologisch aktive Wirkstoffe sind z.B. färbende Wirkstoffe, Haut-und Haarpigmentierungsmittel, Tönungsmittel, Bräunungsmittel, Bleichmittel, Keratin-härtende Stoffe, antimikrobielle Wirkstoffe, Lichtfilterwirkstoffe, Repellentwirkstoffe, hyperemisierend wirkende Stoffe, keratolytisch und kera- toplastisch wirkende Stoffe, Antischuppenwirkstoffe, Antiphlogistika, keratinisierend wirkende Stoffe, antioxidativ bzw. als Radikalfänger aktive Wirkstoffe, hautbefeuchten- de oder -feuchthaltende Stoffe, rückfettende Wirkstoffe, antierythimatös oder antiallergisch aktive Wirkstoffe, verzweigte Fettsäuren wie 18-Methyleicosansäure, und Mischungen davon.Suitable cosmetically and / or dermatologically active agents are e.g. coloring active substances, skin and hair pigmenting agents, tinting agents, suntanning agents, bleaching agents, keratin-hardening substances, antimicrobial agents, light-filtering active ingredients, repellent active ingredients, hyperemic substances, keratolytic and keratoplasmic substances, antidandruff active ingredients, antiphlogistics, keratinizing substances, antioxidant or as antioxidants Free-radical scavengers active substances, skin-moisturizing or moisturizing substances, moisturizing agents, anti-erythematous or anti-allergic active substances, branched fatty acids such as 18-methyl eicosanoic acid, and mixtures thereof.
Künstlich hautbräunende Wirkstoffe, die geeignet sind, die Haut ohne natürliche oder künstliche Bestrahlung mit UV-Strahlen zu bräunen, sind z.B. Dihydroxyaceton, AIIo- xan und Walnussschaienextrakt. Geeignete Keratin-härtende Stoffe sind in der Regel Wirkstoffe, wie sie auch in Antitranspirantien eingesetzt werden, wie z.B. Kaliumaluminiumsulfat, Aluminiumhydroxychlorid, Aluminiumlactat, etc.Artificial skin tanning agents which are suitable for tanning the skin without natural or artificial UV rays are, for example, dihydroxyacetone, alloxan and walnut shale extract. Suitable keratin-hardening substances are usually Active substances, as used in antiperspirants, such as potassium aluminum sulfate, aluminum hydroxychloride, aluminum lactate, etc.
Antimikrobielle Wirkstoffe werden eingesetzt, um Mikroorganismen zu zerstören bzw. ihr Wachstum zu hemmen und dienen somit sowohl als Konservierungsmittel als auch als desodorierend wirkender Stoff, welcher die Entstehung oder die Intensität von Körpergeruch vermindert. Dazu zählen z.B. übliche, dem Fachmann bekannte Konservierungsmittel, wie p-Hydroxybenzoesäureester, Imidazolidinyl-Harnstoff, Formaldehyd, Sorbinsäure, Benzoesäure, Salicylsäure, etc. Derartige desodorierend wirkende Stoffe sind z.B. Zinkricinoleat, Triclosan, Undecylensäurealkylolamide, Citronensäuretriethy- lester, Chlorhexidin etc.Antimicrobial agents are used to destroy microorganisms or to inhibit their growth and thus serve both as a preservative and as a deodorizing substance, which reduces the formation or intensity of body odor. These include e.g. customary preservatives known to the person skilled in the art, such as p-hydroxybenzoic acid ester, imidazolidinyl urea, formaldehyde, sorbic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, etc. Such deodorizing substances are known, for example. Zinc ricinoleate, triclosan, undecylenic acid alkylolamides, citric acid triethyl ester, chlorhexidine etc.
Als geeignete Konservierungsmittel, die mit ihrer E-Nummer nachfolgend aufgeführt sind, sind erfindungsgemäß vorteilhaft zu verwenden.Suitable preservatives which are listed below with their E number are to be used advantageously according to the invention.
Ferner sind erfindungsgemäß in der Kosmetik gebräuchliche Konservierungsmittel o- der Konservierungshilfsstoffe Dibromdicyanobutan (2-Brom-2- brommethylglutarodinitril), 3-lod-2- propinylbutylcarbamat, 2-Brom-2-nitro-propan-1 ,3-diol, Imidazolidinylharnstoff, 5-Chlor- 2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-on, 2-Chloracetamid, Benzalkoniumchlorid, Benzylalkohol geeignet, Formaldehydabspalter. Ferner sind Phenylhydroxyalkylether, insbesondere die unter der Bezeichnung Pheno- xyethanol bekannte Verbindung aufgrund ihrer bakteriziden und fungiziden Wirkungen auf eine Anzahl von Mikroorganismen als Konservierungsmittel geeignet.In addition, according to the invention preservatives which are customary in cosmetics are preservatives dibromodicyanobutane (2-bromo-2-bromomethylglutarodinitrile), 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbamate, 2-bromo-2-nitro-propane-1,3-diol, imidazolidinyl urea, 5 -Chloro-2-methyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one, 2-chloroacetamide, benzalkonium chloride, benzyl alcohol suitable, Formaldehydabspalter. Furthermore, phenylhydroxyalkyl ethers, in particular the compounds known as phenoxyethanol, are suitable as preservatives because of their bactericidal and fungicidal effects on a number of microorganisms.
Auch andere keimhemmende Mittel sind ebenfalls geeignet, in die erfindungsgemäßen Zubereitungen eingearbeitet zu werden. Vorteilhafte Substanzen sind zum Beispiel 2,4,4'-Trichlor-2'-hydroxydiphenylether (Irgasan), 1 ,6-Di-(4-chlorphenylbiguanido)- hexan (Chlorhexidin), 3,4,4'-Trichlorcarbanilid, quaternäre Ammoniumverbindungen, Nelkenöl, Minzöl, Thymianöl, Triethylcitrat, Farnesol (3,7,1 1 -Trimethyl-2, 6,10- dodecatrien-1 -ol) sowie die in den Patentoffenlegungsschriften DE-37 40 186, DE-39 38 140, DE-42 04 321 , DE-42 29 707, DE-43 09 372, DE-44 1 1 664, DE-195 41 967, DE-195 43 695, DE-195 43 696, DE-195 47 160, DE-196 02 108, DE-196 02 1 10, DE- 196 02 1 1 1 , DE-196 31 003, DE-196 31 004 und DE-196 34 019 und den Patentschriften DE-42 29 737, DE-42 37 081 , DE-43 24 219, DE-44 29 467, DE-44 23 410 und DE-195 16 705 beschriebenen Wirkstoffe bzw. Wirkstoffkombinationen. Auch Natrium- hydrogencarbonat ist vorteilhaft zu verwenden. Ebenso können auch antimikrobielle Polypeptide eingesetzt werden.Other germ-inhibiting agents are also suitable for incorporation into the preparations according to the invention. Advantageous substances are, for example, 2,4,4'-trichloro-2'-hydroxydiphenyl ether (Irgasan), 1, 6-di- (4-chlorphenylbiguanido) - hexane (chlorhexidine), 3,4,4'-trichlorocarbanilide, quaternary ammonium compounds , Clove oil, mint oil, thyme oil, triethyl citrate, farnesol (3,7,1 1-trimethyl-2,6,10-dodecatriene-1-ol) as well as those disclosed in the patent publications DE-37 40 186, DE-39 38 140, DE -42 04 321, DE-42 29 707, DE-43 09 372, DE-44 1 1 664, DE-195 41 967, DE-195 43 695, DE-195 43 696, DE-195 47 160, DE- 196 02 108, DE-196 02 1 10, DE-196 02 1 1 1, DE-196 31 003, DE-196 31 004 and DE-196 34 019 and the patents DE-42 29 737, DE-42 37 081 , DE-43 24 219, DE-44 29 467, DE-44 23 410 and DE-195 16 705 described active ingredients or drug combinations. Also, sodium bicarbonate is advantageous to use. Likewise, antimicrobial polypeptides can also be used.
Geeignete Lichtfilterwirkstoffe sind Stoffe, die UV-Strahlen im UV-B- und/oder UV-A- Bereich absorbieren. Geeignete UV-Filter sind z.B. 2,4,6-Triaryl-1 ,3,5- triazine, bei denen die Arylgruppen jeweils wenigstens einen Substituenten tragen können, der vorzugsweise ausgewählt ist unter Hydroxy, Alkoxy, speziell Methoxy, Alkoxycarbonyl, speziell Methoxycarbonyl und Ethoxycarbonyl und Mischungen davon. Geeignet sind weiterhin p-Aminobenzoesäureester, Zimtsäureester, Benzophenone, Campherderivate sowie UV-Strahlen abhaltende Pigmente, wie Titandioxid, Talkum und Zinkoxid.Suitable light filter active substances are substances which absorb UV rays in the UV-B and / or UV-A range. Suitable UV filters are e.g. 2,4,6-triaryl-1,3,5-triazines in which the aryl groups can each bear at least one substituent, which is preferably selected from hydroxy, alkoxy, especially methoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, especially methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl, and mixtures thereof. Also suitable are p-aminobenzoic acid esters, cinnamic acid esters, benzophenones, camphor derivatives and UV-radiation-stopping pigments, such as titanium dioxide, talc and zinc oxide.
Als UV-Filtersubstanzen kommen beliebige UV-A- und UV-B-Filtersubstanzen in Betracht. Beispielsweise sind zu nennen:Suitable UV filter substances are any UV-A and UV-B filter substances. For example:
38 1 ,1 -[(2,2'-Dimethylpropoxy)carbonyl]-4,4-diphenyl-1 ,3-butadien 363602-15-7 38 1, 1 - [(2,2 '-Dimethylpropoxy) carbonyl] -4,4-diphenyl-1, 3-butadiene 363602-15-7
Die erfindungsgemäßen kosmetischen und dermatologischen Zubereitungen können vorteilhafterweise außerdem UV-Strahlen abhaltende anorganische Pigmente auf Basis von Metalloxiden und/oder anderen in Wasser schwerlöslichen oder unlöslichen Metallverbindungen, ausgewählt aus der Gruppe der Oxide des Zinks (ZnO), Titan (TiO2), Eisens (z.B. Fe2O3), Zirkoniums (ZrO2), Siliciums (SiO2), Mangans (z.B. MnO), Aluminiums (AI2O3), Cers (z.B. Ce2O3), Mischoxiden der entsprechenden Metalle sowie Abmischungen aus solchen Oxiden enthalten.The cosmetic and dermatological preparations according to the invention may advantageously also contain UV-blocking inorganic pigments based on metal oxides and / or other sparingly soluble or insoluble metal compounds selected from the group of the oxides of zinc (ZnO), titanium (TiO 2 ), iron ( eg Fe 2 O 3 ), zirconium (ZrO 2 ), silicon (SiO 2 ), manganese (eg MnO), aluminum (Al 2 O 3 ), cerium (eg Ce 2 O 3 ), mixed oxides of the corresponding metals and mixtures thereof Contain oxides.
Die anorganischen Pigmente können dabei in gecoateter Form vorliegen, d.h. dass sie oberflächlich behandelt sind. Diese Oberflächenbehandlung kann beispielsweise darin bestehen, dass die Pigmente nach an sich bekannter Weise, wie in DE-A-33 14 742 beschrieben, mit einer dünnen hydrophoben Schicht versehen sind.The inorganic pigments may be present in coated form, i. that they are superficially treated. This surface treatment can be, for example, that the pigments are provided in a manner known per se, as described in DE-A-33 14 742, with a thin hydrophobic layer.
Geeignete Repellentwirkstoffe sind Verbindungen, die in der Lage sind, bestimmte Tiere, insbesondere Insekten, vom Menschen abzuhalten oder zu vertreiben. Dazu gehört z.B. 2-Ethyl-1 , 3-hexandiol, N, N-Diethyl-m-toluamid etc. Geeignete hyperemisierend wirkende Stoffe, welche die Durchblutung der Haut anregen, sind z.B. ätherische Öle, wie Latschenkieferextrakt, Lavendelextrakt, Rosmarinextrakt, Wacholderbeerextrakt, Rosskastanienextrakt, Birkenblätterextrakt, Heublumenextrakt, Ethylacetat, Campher, Menthol, Pfefferminzöl, Rosmarinextrakt, Eukalyptusöl, etc. Geeignete keratolytisch und keratoplastisch wirkende Stoffe sind z.B. Salicylsäure, Kalziumthioglykolat, Thi- oglykolsäure und ihre Salze, Schwefel, etc. Geeignete Antischuppen-Wirkstoffe sind z.B. Schwefel, Schwefelpolyethylenglykolsorbitanmonooleat, Schwefelricinolpolyetho- xylat, Zinkpyrithion, Aluminiumpyrithion, etc. Geeignete Antiphlogistika, die Hautreizungen entgegenwirken, sind z.B. Allantoin, Bisabolol, Dragosantol, Kamillenextrakt, Panthenol, etc.Suitable repellent agents are compounds capable of preventing or repelling certain animals, particularly insects, from humans. This includes e.g. 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, N, N-diethyl-m-toluamide, etc. Suitable hyperemic substances which stimulate the perfusion of the skin are e.g. essential oils such as mountain pine extract, lavender extract, rosemary extract, juniper berry extract, horse chestnut extract, birch leaf extract, hay flower extract, ethyl acetate, camphor, menthol, peppermint oil, rosemary extract, eucalyptus oil, etc. Suitable keratolytic and keratoplastic substances are e.g. Salicylic acid, calcium thioglycolate, thioglycolic acid and its salts, sulfur, etc. Suitable anti-dandruff agents are e.g. Sulfur, sulfur polyethylene glycol sorbitan monooleate, sulfur ricinol polyethoxylate, zinc pyrithione, aluminum pyrithione, etc. Suitable antiphlogistic agents which counteract skin irritation are e.g. Allantoin, bisabolol, dragosantol, chamomile extract, panthenol, etc.
Die erfindungsgemäßen kosmetischen Mittel können als kosmetischen und/oder phar- mazeutischen Wirkstoff (wie auch gegebenenfalls als Hilfsstoff) wenigstens ein kosmetisch oder pharmazeutisch akzeptables Polymer enthalten. Dazu zählen ganz allgemein kationische, amphotere und neutrale Polymere.The cosmetic agents according to the invention may contain as cosmetic and / or pharmaceutical active ingredient (as well as optionally as excipient) at least one cosmetically or pharmaceutically acceptable polymer. These include, in general, cationic, amphoteric and neutral polymers.
Geeignete Polymere sind z.B. kationische Polymere mit der Bezeichnung Polyquater- nium nach INCI, z.B. Copolymere aus Vinylpyrrolidon/N-Vinylimidazoliumsalzen (Luvi- quat FC, Luviquat HM, Luviquat MS, Luviquat&commat, Care), Copolymere aus N-Vinylpyrrolidon/Dimethylaminoethylmethacrylat, quaternisiert mit Diethylsulfat (Luviquat PQ 1 1 ), Copolymere aus N-Vinylcaprolactam/N-Vinylpyrrolidon/N- Vinylimidazoliumsalzen (Luviquat E Hold), kationische Cellulosederivate (Polyquater- nium-4 und -10), Acrylamidocopolymere (Polyquaternium-7) und Chitosan. Geeignete kationische (quaternisierte) Polymere sind auch Merquat (Polymer auf Basis von Dimethyldiallylammoniumchlorid), Gafquat (quaternäre Polymere, die durch Reaktion von Polyvinylpyrrolidon mit quaternären Ammoniumverbindungen entstehen), Polymer JR (Hydroxyethylcellulose mit kationischen Gruppen) und kationische Polymere auf pflanzlicher Basis, z.B. Guarpolymere, wie die Jaguar-Marken der Firma Rhodia.Suitable polymers are, for example, cationic polymers with the name polyquaternium according to INCI, for example copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts (Luviquat FC, Luviquat HM, Luviquat MS, Luviquat®, Care), copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, quaternized with Diethyl sulfate (Luviquat PQ 11), copolymers of N-vinylcaprolactam / N-vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts (Luviquat E Hold), cationic cellulose derivatives (polyquaternium-4 and -10), acrylamidocopolymers (Polyquaternium-7) and chitosan. Suitable cationic (quaternized) polymers are also merquat (polymer based on dimethyldiallyl ammonium chloride), gafquat (quaternary polymers formed by reaction of polyvinylpyrrolidone with quaternary ammonium compounds), polymer JR (hydroxyethylcellulose with cationic groups) and cationic polymers on a vegetable basis, eg guar polymers , like the Jaguar brands of Rhodia.
Weitere geeignete Polymere sind auch neutrale Polymere, wie Polyvinylpyrrolidone, Copolymere aus N-Vinylpyrrolidon und Vinylacetat und/oder Vinylpropionat, Polysilo- xane, Polyvinylcaprolactam und andere Copolymere mit N-Vinylpyrrolidon, Polyethyle- nimine und deren Salze, Polyvinylamine und deren Salze, Cellulosederivate, Polyaspa- raginsäuresalze und Derivate. Dazu zählt beispielsweise Luviflex 0 Swing (teilverseiftes Copolymerisat von Polyvinylacetat und Polyethylenglykol, Firma BASF).Further suitable polymers are also neutral polymers, such as polyvinylpyrrolidones, copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and vinyl acetate and / or vinyl propionate, polysiloxanes, polyvinylcaprolactam and other copolymers with N-vinylpyrrolidone, polyethylenimines and their salts, polyvinylamines and their salts, cellulose derivatives, Polyasparaginic acid salts and derivatives. These include, for example, Luviflex 0 Swing (partially saponified copolymer of polyvinyl acetate and polyethylene glycol, BASF).
Geeignete Polymere sind auch nichtionische, wasserlösliche bzw. wasserdispergierba- re Polymere oder Oligomere, wie Polyvinylcaprolactam, z.B. Luviskol 0 Plus (BASF), oder Polyvinylpyrrolidon und deren Copolymere, insbesondere mit Vinylestern, wie Vinylacetat, z.B. Luviskol 0 VA 37 (BASF), Polyamide, z.B. auf Basis von Itaconsäure und aliphatischen Diaminen, wie sie z.B. in der DE-A-43 33 238 beschrieben sind.Suitable polymers are also nonionic, water-soluble or water-dispersible polymers or oligomers, such as polyvinylcaprolactam, e.g. Luviskol 0 Plus (BASF), or polyvinylpyrrolidone and their copolymers, in particular with vinyl esters, such as vinyl acetate, e.g. Luviskol 0 VA 37 (BASF), polyamides, e.g. based on itaconic acid and aliphatic diamines, e.g. in DE-A-43 33 238 are described.
Geeignete Polymere sind auch amphotere oder zwitterionische Polymere, wie die unter den Bezeichnungen Amphomer (National Starch) erhältlichen Octylacrylamid / Methyl- methacrylat / tert.-Butylaminoethylmethacrylat-Hydroxypropylmethacrylat-Copolymere sowie zwitterionische Polymere, wie sie beispielsweise in den deutschen Patentanmeldungen DE39 29 973, DE 21 50 557, DE28 17 369 und DE 3708 451 offenbart sind. Acrylamidopropyltrimethylammoniumchlorid/Acrylsäure-bzw. -Methacrylsäure-Suitable polymers are also amphoteric or zwitterionic polymers, such as those available under the names Amphomer (National Starch) octylacrylamide / methyl methacrylate / tert-butylaminoethyl methacrylate hydroxypropyl methacrylate copolymers and zwitterionic polymers, as described for example in German patent applications DE39 29 973, DE 21 50 557, DE 28 17 369 and DE 3708 451 are disclosed. Acrylamidopropyl trimethylammonium chloride / acrylic acid or. -Methacrylsäure-
Copolymerisate und deren Alkali-und Ammoniumsalze sind bevorzugte zwitterionische Polymere. Weiterhin geeignete zwitterionische Polymere sind Methacroylethylbe- tain/Methacrylat-Copolymere, die unter der Bezeichnung Amersette (AMERCHOL) im Handel erhältlich sind, und Copolymere aus Hydroxyethylmethacrylat, Methylmethacry- lat, N, N-Dimethylaminoethylmethacrylat und Acrylsäure (Jordapon (D)).Copolymers and their alkali metal and ammonium salts are preferred zwitterionic polymers. Further suitable zwitterionic polymers are methacroylethylbetaine / methacrylate copolymers, which are commercially available under the name Amersette (AMERCHOL), and copolymers of hydroxyethyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate and acrylic acid (Jordapon (D)).
Geeignete Polymere sind auch nichtionische, siloxanhaltige, wasserlösliche oder - dispergierbare Polymere, z.B. Polyethersiloxane, wie Tegopren 0 (Firma Goldschmidt) oder Besi&commat (Firma Wacker).Suitable polymers are also nonionic, siloxane-containing, water-soluble or -dispersible polymers, e.g. Polyether siloxanes, such as Tegopren 0 (Goldschmidt) or Besi & commat (Wacker).
Die Formulierungsgrundlage erfindungsgemäßer kosmetischer Mittel enthält bevorzugt kosmetisch und/oder pharmazeutisch akzeptable Hilfsstoffe. Pharmazeutisch akzeptabel sind die im Bereich der Pharmazie, der Lebensmitteltechnologie und angrenzenden Gebieten be- kanntermassen verwendbaren Hilfsstoffe, insbesondere die in einschlägigen Arzneibüchern (z.B. DAB Ph. Eur. BP NF) gelisteten sowie andere Hilfsstoffe, deren Eigenschaften einer physiologischen Anwendung nicht entgegenstehen. Geeignete Hilfsstoffe können sein: Gleitmittel, Netzmittel, emulgierende und suspendierende Mittel, konservierende Mittel, Antioxidantien, Antireizstoffe, Chelatbildner, Emulsionsstabilisatoren, Filmbildner, Gelbildner, Geruchsmaskierungsmittel, Harze, Hydrokolloide, Lösemittel, Lösungsvermittler, Neutralisierungsmittel, Permeations- beschleuniger, Pigmente, quaternäre Ammoniumverbindungen, Rückfettungs- und Überfettungsmittel, Salben-, Creme- oder Öl-Grundstoffe, Siliconderivate, Stabilisatoren, Sterilantien, Treibmittel, Trocknungsmittel, Trübungsmittel, Verdickungsmittel, Wachse, Weichmacher, Weissöl. Eine diesbezügliche Ausgestaltung beruht auf fach- männischem Wissen, wie sie beispielsweise in Fiedler, H. P. Lexikon der Hilfsstoffe für Pharmazie, Kosmetik und angrenzende Gebiete, 4. Aufl., Aulendorf: ECV-Editio- Kantor- Verlag, 1996, dargestellt sind.The formulation base of cosmetic agents according to the invention preferably contains cosmetically and / or pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are known in the field of pharmacy, food technology and related fields, in particular those listed in relevant pharmacopoeias (eg DAB Ph. Eur. BP NF) and other excipients whose properties do not preclude physiological application. Suitable auxiliaries may be: lubricants, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, preserving agents, antioxidants, anti-irritants, chelating agents, emulsion stabilizers, film formers, gelling agents, odor masking agents, resins, hydrocolloids, solvents, solubilizers, neutralizing agents, permeation accelerators, pigments, quaternary ammonium compounds, Rest grease and superfatting agents, ointment, cream or oil bases, silicone derivatives, stabilizers, sterilants, blowing agents, drying agents, opacifiers, thickeners, waxes, softeners, white oil. A related embodiment is based on professional knowledge, as shown for example in Fiedler, HP Lexicon of excipients for pharmacy, cosmetics and related fields, 4th ed., Aulendorf: ECV Editio Kantor Verlag, 1996.
Zur Herstellung der erfindungsgemäßen dermatologischen Mittel können die Wirkstoffe mit einem geeigneten Hilfsstoff (Exzipient) vermischt oder verdünnt werden. Exzipien- ten können feste, halb feste oder flüssige Materialien sein, die als Vehikel, Träger oder Medium für den Wirkstoff dienen können. Die Zumischung weiterer Hilfsstoffe erfolgt gewünschtenfalls in der dem Fachmann bekannten Weise. Weiterhin sind die Polymere und Dispersionen geeignet als Hilfsmittel in der Pharmazie, bevorzugt als oder in Beschichtungsmittel(n) oder Bindemittel(n) für feste Arzneiformen. Sie können auch in Cremes und als Tablettenüberzugsmittel und Tablettenbindemittel verwendet werden.To prepare the dermatological agents of the invention, the active ingredients may be mixed or diluted with a suitable excipient (excipient). Excipients may be solid, semi-solid or liquid materials which may serve as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. If desired, the admixing of further auxiliaries takes place in the manner known to the person skilled in the art. Furthermore, the polymers and dispersions are suitable as auxiliaries in pharmacy, preferably as or in coating agent (s) or binder (s) for solid dosage forms. They can also be used in creams and as tablet coatings and tablet binders.
Nach einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform handelt es sich bei den erfindungsgemäßen Mitteln um ein Hautreinigungsmittel.According to a preferred embodiment, the agents according to the invention are a skin cleanser.
Bevorzugte Hautreinigungsmittel sind Seifen von flüssiger bis gelförmiger Konsistenz, wie Transparentseifen, Luxusseifen, Deoseifen, Cremeseifen, Babyseifen, Hautschutzseifen, Abrasiveseifen und Syndets, pasteuse Seifen, Schmierseifen und Waschpasten, Peelingseifen, Feuchtigkeitstücher, flüssige Wasch-, Dusch- und Badepräparate, wie Waschlotionen, Duschbäder und -gele, Schaumbäder, Ölbäder und Scrub- Präparate, Rasierschäume, -lotionen und -cremes.Preferred skin cleansing agents are soaps of liquid to gelatinous consistency, such as transparent soaps, luxury soaps, deep soaps, cream soaps, baby soaps, skin soaps, abrasive soaps and syndets, pasty soaps, greases and washes, exfoliating soaps, moisturizing wipes, liquid washing, showering and bathing preparations such as washing lotions. Shower baths and gels, bubble baths, oil baths and scrub preparations, shaving foams, lotions and creams.
Nach einer weiteren bevorzugten Ausführungsform handelt es sich bei den erfindungsgemäßen Mitteln um kosmetische Mittel zur Pflege und zum Schutz der Haut und Haar, Nagelpflegemittel oder Zubereitungen für die dekorative Kosmetik.According to a further preferred embodiment, the agents according to the invention are cosmetic agents for the care and protection of the skin and hair, nail care preparations or preparations for decorative cosmetics.
Geeignete hautkosmetische Mittel sind z.B. Gesichtswässer, Gesichtsmasken, Deodo- rantien und andere kosmetische Lotionen. Mittel für die Verwendung in der dekorativen Kosmetik umfassen beispielsweise Abdeckstifte, Theaterfarben, Mascara und Lid- schatten, Lippenstifte, Kajalstifte, Eyeliner, Rouges, Puder und Augenbrauenstifte. Ausserdem können die erfindungsgemäßen dermatologischen Mittel verwendet werden in Nose-Strips zurSuitable skin-cosmetic agents are, for example, face lotions, face masks, deodorizers and other cosmetic lotions. Means for use in decorative cosmetics include, for example, masking pens, theatrical paints, mascara and eyeshades, lipsticks, kohl pencils, eyeliner, rouges, powders and eyebrow pencils. In addition, the dermatological agents according to the invention can be used in nose strips for
Porenreinigung, in Antiaknemitteln, Repellents, Rasiermitteln, After- und Pre Shave Pflegemittel, After Sun Pflegemittel, Haarentfernungsmitteln, Haarfärbenitteln, Intim- Pflegemitteln, Fusspflegemitteln sowie in der Babypflege.Pore cleansing, in anti-acne products, repellents, shaving agents, after- and pre-shave care products, after-sun care products, hair removal products, hair coloring agents, intimate care products, foot care products as well as in baby care.
Bei den erfindungsgemäßen Hautpflegemitteln handelt es sich insbesondere um W/O- oder O/W-Hautcremes, Tag- und Nachtcremes, Augencremes, Gesichtscremes, Anti- faltencremes, Sonnenschutzcremes, Feuchthaltecremes, Bleichcremes, Selbstbräu- nungscremes, Vitamincremes, Hautlotionen, Pflegelotionen und Feuchthaltelotionen.The skin care compositions according to the invention are in particular W / O or O / W skin creams, day and night creams, eye creams, face creams, anti-wrinkle creams, sunscreen creams, moisturizing creams, bleaching creams, self-tanning creams, vitamin creams, skin lotions, skin lotions and moisturizing lotions ,
Hautkosmetische und dermatologische Mittel auf Basis der zuvor beschriebenen Prote- in-Microbeads (i) zeigen vorteilhafte Wirkungen. Die Protein-Microbeads (i) können unter anderem zur Feuchthaltung und Konditionierung der Haut und zur Verbesserung des Hautgefühls beitragen. Die Protein-Microbeads (i) können auch als Verdicker in den Formulierungen wirken. Durch Zusatz der erfindungsgemäßen Protein-Microbeads (i) kann in bestimmten Formulierungen eine erhebliche Verbesserung der Hautverträglichkeit erreicht werden.Skin cosmetic and dermatological compositions based on the previously described protein microbeads (i) show advantageous effects. Among other things, the protein microbeads (i) can contribute to the moisturization and conditioning of the skin and to the improvement of the skin feel. The protein microbeads (i) can also act as thickeners in the formulations. By adding the protein microbeads (i) according to the invention, a significant improvement in skin compatibility can be achieved in certain formulations.
Hautkosmetische und dermatologische Mittel enthalten vorzugsweise wenigstens eine Protein-Microbeads (i) in einem Anteil von etwa 0,001 bis 30 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise 0,01 bis 20 Gew.-%, ganz besonders bevorzugt 0,1 bis 12 Gew.-%, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Mittels.Skin cosmetic and dermatological compositions preferably contain at least one protein microbeads (i) in a proportion of about 0.001 to 30% by weight, preferably 0.01 to 20% by weight, very particularly preferably 0.1 to 12% by weight. , based on the total weight of the agent.
Besonders Lichtschutzmittel auf Basis der Protein-Microbeads (i) besitzen die Eigenschaft, die Verweilzeit der UV-absorbierenden Inhaltsstoffe im Vergleich zu gängigen Hilfsmitteln wie Polyvinylpyrrolidon zu erhöhen.Especially light stabilizers based on the protein microbeads (i) have the property to increase the residence time of the UV-absorbing ingredients in comparison to conventional aids such as polyvinylpyrrolidone.
Je nach Anwendungsgebiet können die erfindungsgemäßen Mittel in einer zur Haut- pflege geeigneten Form, wie z.B. als Creme, Schaum, Gel, Stift, Mousse, Milch, Spray (Pumpspray oder treibmittelhaltiger Spray) oder Lotion appliziert werden.Depending on the field of application, the compositions according to the invention may be in a form suitable for skin care, e.g. as a cream, foam, gel, pen, mousse, milk, spray (pump spray or propellant spray) or lotion can be applied.
Die hautkosmetischen Zubereitungen können neben den Protein-Microbeads (i) und geeigneten Trägern noch weitere in der Hautkosmetik übliche Wirkstoffe und Hilfsstof- fe, wie zuvor beschrieben, enthalten. Dazu zählen vorzugsweise Emulgatoren, Konservierungsmittel, Parfümöle, kosmetische Wirkstoffe wie Phytantriol, Vitamin A, E und C, Retinol, Bisabolol, Panthenol, Lichtschutzmittel, Bleichmittel, Färbemittel, Tönungsmittel, Bräunungsmittel, Collagen, Enzyme, Eiweisshydrolysate, Stabilisatoren, pH-Wert- Regulatoren, Farbstoffe, Salze, Verdicker, Gelbildner, Konsistenzgeber, Silicone, Feuchthaltemittel, Rückfetter und weitere übliche Additive. Bevorzugte Öl- und Fettkomponenten der hautkosmetischen und dermatologischen Mittel sind die zuvor genannten mineralischen und synthetischen Öle, wie z.B. Paraffine, Siliconöle und aliphatische Kohlenwasserstoffe mit mehr als 8 Kohlenstoffatomen, tierische und pflanzliche Öle, wie z.B. Sonnenblumenöl, Kokosöl, Avocadoöl, Olivenöl, Lanolin, oder Wachse, Fettsäuren, Fettsäureester, wie z.B. Triglyceride von C6-C30- Fettsäuren, Wachsester, wie z.B. Jojobaöl, Fettalkohole, Vaseline, hydriertes Lanolin und acetyliertes Lanolin sowie Mischungen davon.In addition to the protein microbeads (i) and suitable carriers, the skin cosmetic preparations may contain other active ingredients and excipients customary in skin cosmetics, as described above. These preferably include emulsifiers, preservatives, perfume oils, cosmetic active ingredients such as phytantriol, vitamins A, E and C, retinol, bisabolol, panthenol, light stabilizers, bleaching agents, colorants, tinting agents, tanning agents, collagen, enzymes, protein hydrolysates, stabilizers, pH regulators , Dyes, salts, thickeners, gelling agents, bodying agents, silicones, humectants, moisturizers and other common additives. Preferred oil and fat components of the skin-cosmetic and dermatological agents are the aforementioned mineral and synthetic oils, such as paraffins, silicone oils and aliphatic hydrocarbons having more than 8 carbon atoms, animal and vegetable oils, such as sunflower oil, coconut oil, avocado oil, olive oil, lanolin, or waxes, fatty acids, fatty acid esters such as triglycerides of C6-C30 fatty acids, wax esters such as jojoba oil, fatty alcohols, petrolatum, hydrogenated lanolin and acetylated lanolin, and mixtures thereof.
Man kann die erfindungsgemäßen Protein-Microbeads (i) auch mit herkömmlichen Po- lymeren abmischen, falls spezielle Eigenschaften eingestellt werden sollen.The protein microbeads according to the invention (i) can also be mixed with conventional polymers if special properties are to be set.
Zur Einstellung bestimmter Eigenschaften wie z.B. Verbesserung des Anfassgefühls, des Spreitverhaltens, der Wasserresistenz und/oder der Bindung von Wirk- und Hilfs- stoffen, wie Pigmenten, können die hautkosmetischen und dermatologischen Zuberei- tungen zusätzlich auch konditionierende Substanzen auf Basis von Siliconverbindungen enthalten.For setting certain properties, e.g. Improving the feeling of touch, the spreading behavior, the water resistance and / or the binding of active ingredients and auxiliaries, such as pigments, may additionally contain skin-cosmetic and dermatological preparations and also conditioning substances based on silicone compounds.
Geeignete Siliconverbindungen sind beispielsweise Polyalkylsiloxane, Polyarylsiloxa- ne, Polyarylalkylsiloxane, Polyethersiloxane oder Siliconharze.Suitable silicone compounds are, for example, polyalkylsiloxanes, polyarylsiloxanes, polyarylalkylsiloxanes, polyethersiloxanes or silicone resins.
Die Herstellung der kosmetischen oder dermatologischen Zubereitungen erfolgt nach üblichen, dem Fachmann bekannten Verfahren.The preparation of the cosmetic or dermatological preparations is carried out by customary methods known to the person skilled in the art.
Bevorzugt liegen die kosmetischen und dermatologischen Mittel in Form von Emulsio- nen insbesondere als Wasser-in-ÖI (W/O)- oder Öl-in-Wasser (0/W)-Emulsionen vor.The cosmetic and dermatological agents are preferably in the form of emulsions, in particular as water-in-oil (W / O) or oil-in-water (O / W) emulsions.
Es ist aber auch möglich, andere Formulierungsarten zu wählen, beispielsweise, Gele, Öle, Öleogele, multiple Emulsionen, beispielsweise in Form von W/O/W- oder O/W/O- Emulsionen, wasserfreie Salben bzw. Salbengrundlagen, usw. Auch emulgatorfreie Formulierungen wie Hydrodispersionen, Hydrogele oder eine Pickering-Emulsion sind vorteilhafte Ausführungsformen.But it is also possible to choose other types of formulations, for example, gels, oils, oil gels, multiple emulsions, for example in the form of W / O / W or O / W / O emulsions, anhydrous ointments or ointment bases, etc. Also emulsifier-free formulations such as hydrodispersions, hydrogels or a Pickering emulsion are advantageous embodiments.
Die Herstellung von Emulsionen erfolgt nach bekannten Methoden. Die Emulsionen enthalten neben wenigstens einem Protein-Microbead (i) in der Regel übliche Bestand- teile, wie Fettalkohole, Fettsäureester und insbesondere Fettsäuretriglyceride, Fettsäuren, Lanolin und Derivate davon, natürliche oder synthetische Öle oder Wachse und Emulgatoren in Anwesenheit von Wasser. Die Auswahl der Emulsionstyp-spezifischen Zusätze und die Herstellung geeigneter Emulsionen ist beispielsweise beschrieben in Schrader, Grundlagen und Rezepturen der Kosmetika, Hüthig Buch Verlag, Heidel- berg, 2. Auflage, 1989, dritter Teil, worauf hiermit ausdrücklich Bezug genommen wird. Eine geeignete Emulsion als W/O-Emulsion, z.B. für eine Hautcreme etc., enthält im Allgemeinen eine wässrige Phase, die mittels eines geeigneten Emulgatorsystems in einer Öl- oder Fettphase emulgiert ist. Zur Bereitstellung der wässrigen Phase kann ein Polyelektrolytkomplex eingesetzt werden.Emulsions are prepared by known methods. The emulsions contain, in addition to at least one protein microbead (i), as a rule, customary constituents, such as fatty alcohols, fatty acid esters and especially fatty acid triglycerides, fatty acids, lanolin and derivatives thereof, natural or synthetic oils or waxes and emulsifiers in the presence of water. The selection of the emulsion type-specific additives and the preparation of suitable emulsions is described, for example, in Schrader, Grundlagen und Rezepturen der Kosmetika, Huthig Buch Verlag, Heidelberg, 2nd edition, 1989, third part, to which reference is hereby expressly made. A suitable emulsion as W / O emulsion, for example for a skin cream, etc., generally contains an aqueous phase which is emulsified by means of a suitable emulsifier system in an oil or fat phase. To provide the aqueous phase, a polyelectrolyte complex can be used.
Bevorzugte Fettkomponenten, welche in der Fettphase der Emulsionen enthalten sein können, sind: Kohlenwasserstofföle, wie Paraffinöl, Purcellinöl, Perhydrosqualen und Lösungen mikrokristalliner Wachse in diesen Ölen; tierische oder pflanzliche Öle, wie Süssmandelöl, Avocadoöl, Calophylumöl, Lanolin und Derivate davon, Ricinusöl, Se- samöl, Olivenöl, Jojobaöl, Karite-Öl, Hoplostethus-Öl, mineralische Öle, deren Destillationsbeginn unter Atmosphärendruck bei ca. 2509C und deren Destillationsendpunkt bei 4109C liegt, wie z.B. Vaselinöl, Ester gesättigter oder ungesättigter Fettsäuren, wie Alkylmyristate, z.B. i-Propyl-, Butyl- oder Cetylmyristat, Hexadecylstearat, Ethyl- oder i- Propylpalmitat, Octan- oder Decansäuretriglyceride und Cetylricinoleat.Preferred fat components which may be included in the fat phase of the emulsions are: hydrocarbon oils such as paraffin oil, purcellin oil, perhydrosqualene and solutions of microcrystalline waxes in these oils; animal or vegetable oils, such as sweet almond oil, avocado oil, calophilum oil, lanolin and derivatives thereof, castor oil, seed oil, olive oil, jojoba oil, karite oil, hoplostethus oil, mineral oils, whose onset of distillation under atmospheric pressure at about 250 9 C and their Distillation end point at 410 9 C, such as Vaselineöl, esters of saturated or unsaturated fatty acids, such as alkyl myristates, for example, i-propyl, butyl or Cetylmyristat, hexadecyl, ethylene or i-propyl palmitate, octanoic or Decansäuretriglyceride and Cetylricinoleat.
Die Fettphase kann auch in anderen Ölen lösliche Siliconöle, wie Dimethylpolysiloxan, Methylphenylpolysiloxan und das Siliconglykol-Copolymer, Fettsäuren und Fettalkohole enthalten.The fat phase may also contain other oil-soluble silicone oils such as dimethylpolysiloxane, methylphenylpolysiloxane and the silicone glycol copolymer, fatty acids and fatty alcohols.
Neben den Protein-Microbeads (i) können auch Wachse verwendet werden, wie z.B. Carnaubawachs, Candilillawachs, Bienenwachs, mikrokristallines Wachs, Ozokerit- wachs und Ca-, Mg- und Al-Oleate, -Myristate, -Linoleate und -Stearate.In addition to the protein microbeads (i), waxes may also be used, e.g. Carnauba wax, candililla wax, beeswax, microcrystalline wax, ozokerite wax and Ca, Mg and Al oleates, myristates, linoleates and stearates.
Weiterhin kann eine erfindungsgemäße Emulsion als O/W-Emulsion vorliegen. Eine derartige Emulsion enthält üblicherweise eine Ölphase, Emulgatoren, die die Ölphase in der Wasserphase stabilisieren, und eine wässrige Phase, die üblicherweise verdickt vorliegt. Als Emulgatoren kommen vorzugsweise O/W-Emulgatoren, wie Polyglycerin- ester, Sorbitanester oder teilveresterte Glyceride, in Betracht.Furthermore, an emulsion of the invention may be present as O / W emulsion. Such an emulsion usually contains an oil phase, emulsifiers that stabilize the oil phase in the water phase, and an aqueous phase that is usually thickened. Suitable emulsifiers are preferably O / W emulsifiers, such as polyglycerol esters, sorbitan esters or partially esterified glycerides into consideration.
Nach einer weiteren bevorzugten Ausführungsform handelt es sich bei den erfindungsgemäßen Mitteln um ein Duschgel, eine Shampoo-Formulierung oder ein Badepräparat.According to a further preferred embodiment, the agents according to the invention are a shower gel, a shampoo formulation or a bathing preparation.
Solche Formulierungen enthalten wenigstens ein Protein-Microbead (i) sowie üblicher- weise anionische Tenside als Basistenside und amphotere und/oder nichtionische Tenside als Cotenside. Weitere geeignete Wirkstoffe und/oder Hilfsstoffe sind im allgemeinen ausgewählt unter Lipiden, Parfümölen, Farbstoffen, organischen Säuren, Konservierungsstoffen und Antioxidantien sowie Verdickern/Gelbildnern, Hautkonditio- niermitteln und Feuchthaltemitteln. Diese Formulierungen enthalten vorzugsweise 2 bis 50 Gew.-%, bevorzugt 5 bis 40 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt 8 bis 30 Gew.-% Tenside, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der Formulierung.Such formulations contain at least one protein microbead (i) and usually anionic surfactants as base surfactants and amphoteric and / or nonionic surfactants as cosurfactants. Other suitable active ingredients and / or auxiliaries are generally selected from lipids, perfume oils, dyes, organic acids, preservatives and antioxidants, as well as thickeners / gelling agents, skin conditioners and humectants. These formulations preferably contain from 2 to 50% by weight, preferably from 5 to 40% by weight, particularly preferably from 8 to 30% by weight of surfactants, based on the total weight of the formulation.
In den Wasch-, Dusch- und Badepräparaten können alle in Körperreinigungsmitteln üblicherweise eingesetzten anionische, neutrale, amphotere oder kationische Tenside verwendet werden.In the washing, shower and bath preparations all anionic, neutral, amphoteric or cationic surfactants commonly used in personal care products can be used.
Geeignete anionische Tenside sind beispielsweise Alkylsulfate, Alkylethersulfate, Al- kylsulfonate, Alkylarylsulfonate, Alkylsuccinate, Alkylsulfosuccinate, N-Alkoylsarkosi- nate, Acyltaurate, Acylisothionate, Alkylphosphate, Alkyletherphosphate, Alkylethercar- boxylate, Alpha-Olefinsulfonate, insbesondere die Alkali- und Erdalkalimetallsalze, z.B.Suitable anionic surfactants are, for example, alkyl sulfates, alkyl ether sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, alkylaryl sulfonates, alkyl succinates, alkyl sulfosuccinates, N-alkoyl sarcosylates, acyl taurates, acyl isothionates, alkyl phosphates, alkyl ether phosphates, alkyl ether carboxylates, alpha-olefin sulfonates, especially the alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, e.g.
Natrium, Kalium, Magnesium, Calcium, sowie Ammonium- und Triethanolamin-Salze.Sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, as well as ammonium and triethanolamine salts.
Die Alkylethersulfate, Alkyletherphosphate und Alkylethercarboxylate können zwischen 1 bis 10 Ethylenoxid- oder Propylenoxideinheiten, bevorzugt 1 bis 3 Ethylenoxideinhei- ten im Molekül aufweisen.The alkyl ether sulfates, alkyl ether phosphates and alkyl ether carboxylates can have between 1 to 10 ethylene oxide or propylene oxide units, preferably 1 to 3 ethylene oxide units in the molecule.
Dazu zählen z.B. Natriumlaurylsulfat, Ammoniumtaurytsulfat, Natriumlaurylethersulfat, Ammoniumlaurylethersulfat, Natriumlaurylsarkosinat, Natriumoleylsuccinat, Ammoni- umlaurylsulfosuccinat, Natriumdodecylbenzolsulfonat, Triethanolamindodecylbenzol- sulfonat.These include e.g. Sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium tauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl ether sulfate, ammonium lauryl ether sulfate, sodium lauryl sarcosinate, sodium oleyl succinate, ammonium lauryl sulfosuccinate, sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate, triethanolamine dodecyl benzene sulfonate.
Geeignete amphotere Tenside sind z.B. Alkylbetaine, Alkylamidopropylbetaine, Alkyl- sulfobetaine, Alkylglycinate, Alkylcarboxyglycinate, Alkylamphoacetate oder - propionate, Alkylamphodiacetate oder -dipropionate.Suitable amphoteric surfactants are e.g. Alkylbetaines, alkylamidopropylbetaines, alkylsulfobetaines, alkylglycinates, alkylcarboxyglycinates, alkylamphoacetates or -propionates, alkylamphodiacetates or -dipropionates.
Beispielsweise können Cocodimethylsulfopropylbetain, Laurylbetain, Cocamidopropyl- betain oder Natriumcocamphopropionat eingesetzt werden.For example, cocodimethylsulfopropyl betaine, lauryl betaine, cocamidopropyl betaine or sodium cocamphopropionate can be used.
Als nichtionische Tenside sind beispielsweise geeignet die Umsetzungsprodukte von aliphatischen Alkoholen oder Alkylphenolen mit 6 bis 20 C-Atomen in der Alkylkette, die linear oder verzweigt sein kann, mit Ethylenoxid und/oder Propylenoxid. Die Menge Alkylenoxid beträgt ca. 6 bis 60 Mole auf ein Mol Alkohol. Ferner sind Alkylaminoxide, Mono-oder Dialkylalkanolamide, Fettsäureester von Polyethylenglykolen, ethoxylierte Fettsäureamide, Alkylpolyglycoside oder Sorbitanetherester geeignet.Suitable nonionic surfactants are, for example, the reaction products of aliphatic alcohols or alkylphenols having 6 to 20 C atoms in the alkyl chain, which may be linear or branched, with ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide. The amount of alkylene oxide is about 6 to 60 moles per mole of alcohol. Also suitable are alkylamine oxides, mono- or dialkylalkanolamides, fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycols, ethoxylated fatty acid amides, alkylpolyglycosides or sorbitan ether esters.
Ausserdem können die Wasch-, Dusch- und Badepräparate übliche kationische Tenside enthalten, wie z.B. quaternäre Ammoniumverbindungen, beispielsweise Cetyltri- methylammoniumchlorid. Weiterhin können die Duschgel-/Shampoo-Formulierungen Verdicker, wie z.B. Kochsalz, PEG-55, Propylenglykol-Oleat, PEG-120-Methylglucosedioleat und andere, sowie Konservierungsmittel, weitere Wirk- und Hilfsstoffe und Wasser enthalten.In addition, the washing, showering and bathing preparations may contain customary cationic surfactants, for example quaternary ammonium compounds, for example cetyltrimethylammonium chloride. Furthermore, the shower gel / shampoo formulations may contain thickeners, such as, for example, common salt, PEG-55, propylene glycol oleate, PEG-120-methyl glucose dioleate and others, as well as preservatives, other active ingredients and auxiliaries and water.
Nach einer weiteren bevorzugten Ausführungsform handelt es sich bei den erfindungsgemäßen Mitteln um ein Haarbehandlungsmittel.According to a further preferred embodiment, the agents according to the invention are a hair treatment agent.
Erfindungsgemäße Haarbehandlungsmittel enthalten vorzugsweise wenigstens Prote- in-Microbeads (i) in einer Menge im Bereich von etwa 0,01 bis 30 Gew.-%, bevorzugt 0,5 bis 20 Gew.-%, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Mittels.Hair treatment agents according to the invention preferably contain at least protein in microbeads (i) in an amount in the range of about 0.01 to 30 wt .-%, preferably 0.5 to 20 wt .-%, based on the total weight of the composition.
Vorzugsweise liegen die erfindungsgemäßen Haarbehandlungsmittel in Form eines Schaumfestigers, Haarmousses, Haargels, Shampoos, Haarsprays, Haarschaums, Spitzenfluids, Egalisierungsmittels für Dauerwellen, Haarfärbe- und -bleichmittels oder "Hot-Oil-Treatments" vor. Je nach Anwendungsgebiet können die haarkosmetischen Zubereitungen als (Aerosol-) Spray, (Aerosol-) Schaum, Gel, Gelspray, Creme, Lotion oder Wachs appliziert werden. Haarsprays umfassen dabei sowohl Aerosolsprays als auch Pumpsprays ohne Treibgas. Haarschäume umfassen sowohl Aerosolschäume wie auch Pumpschäume ohne Treibgas. Haarsprays und Haarschäume umfassen vor- zugsweise überwiegend oder ausschliesslich wasserlösliche oder wasserdispergierba- re Komponenten. Sind die in den erfindungsgemäßen Haarsprays und Haarschäumen eingesetzten Verbindungen wasserdispergierbar, können sie in Form von wässrigen Mikrodispersionen mit Teilchendurchmessern von üblicherweise 1 bis 350 nm, bevorzugt 1 bis 250 nm, zur Anwendung gebracht werden. Die Feststoffgehalte dieser Prä- parate liegen dabei üblicherweise in einem Bereich von etwa 0,5 bis 20 Gew.-%. Diese Mikrodispersionen benötigen in der Regel keine Emulgatoren oder Tenside zu ihrer Stabilisierung.Preferably, the hair treatment compositions of the present invention are in the form of a mousse, hair mousse, hair gel, shampoo, hair spray, hair mousse, top fluid, perming, hair dyeing and bleaching or hot oil treatments. Depending on the field of application, the hair cosmetic preparations can be applied as (aerosol) spray, (aerosol) foam, gel, gel spray, cream, lotion or wax. Hairsprays include both aerosol sprays and pump sprays without propellant gas. Hair foams include both aerosol foams and pump foams without propellant gas. Hair sprays and hair foams preferably comprise predominantly or exclusively water-soluble or water-dispersible components. If the compounds used in the hair sprays and hair foams according to the invention are water-dispersible, they can be used in the form of aqueous microdispersions with particle diameters of usually from 1 to 350 nm, preferably from 1 to 250 nm. The solids contents of these preparations are usually in a range of about 0.5 to 20 wt .-%. As a rule, these microdispersions do not require emulsifiers or surfactants for their stabilization.
Die erfindungsgemäßen haarkosmetischen Formulierungen enthalten in einer bevor- zugten Ausführungsform a) 0,01 bis 30 Gew.-% wenigstens eines Protein-Microbeads (i) b) 20 bis 99,95 Gew.-% Wasser und/oder Alkohol, c) 0 bis 50 Gew.-% wenigstens eines Treibgases, d) 0 bis 5 Gew.-% wenigstens eines Emulgators, e) 0 bis 3 Gew.-% wenigstens eines Verdickers, sowie bis zu 25 Gew.-% weitere Bestandteile.In a preferred embodiment, the hair cosmetic formulations of the invention comprise a) from 0.01 to 30% by weight of at least one protein microbead (i) b) from 20 to 99.95% by weight of water and / or alcohol, c) 0 up to 50% by weight of at least one propellant gas, d) 0 to 5% by weight of at least one emulsifier, e) 0 to 3% by weight of at least one thickener and up to 25% by weight of further constituents.
Unter Alkohol sind alle in der Kosmetik üblichen Alkohole zu verstehen, z.B. Ethanol, Isopropanol, n-Propanol.By alcohol are meant all alcohols customary in cosmetics, e.g. Ethanol, isopropanol, n-propanol.
Unter weiteren Bestandteilen sind die in der Kosmetik üblichen Zusätze zu verstehen, beispielsweise Treibmittel, Entschäumer, grenzflächenaktive Verbindungen, d.h. Ten- side, Emulgatoren, Schaumbildner und Solubilisatoren. Die eingesetzten grenzflächenaktiven Verbindungen können anionisch, kationisch, amphoter oder neutral sein. Weitere übliche Bestandteile können ferner sein z.B. Konservierungsmittel, Parfümöle, Trübungsmittel, Wirkstoffe, UV-Filter, Pflegestoffe wie Panthenol, Collagen, Vitamine, Eiweisshydrolysate, Alpha- und Beta-Hydroxycarbonsäuren, Stabilisatoren, pH-Wert- Regulatoren, Farbstoffe, Viskositätsregulierer, Gelbildner, Salze, Feuchthaltemittel, Rückfetter, Komplexbildner und weitere übliche Additive.Further constituents are understood to include the additives customary in cosmetics, for example blowing agents, defoamers, surface-active compounds, ie surfactants, emulsifiers, foaming agents and solubilizers. The surface-active compounds used can be anionic, cationic, amphoteric or neutral. Other common ingredients may also be eg preservatives, perfume oils, Opacifiers, active ingredients, UV filters, care agents such as panthenol, collagen, vitamins, protein hydrolysates, alpha and beta hydroxycarboxylic acids, stabilizers, pH regulators, dyes, viscosity regulators, gelling agents, salts, humectants, moisturizers, complexing agents and other conventional additives ,
Weiterhin zählen hierzu alle in der Kosmetik bekannten Styling- und Conditioner- Polymere, die in Kombination mit den erfindungsgemäßen Protein-Microbeads (i) eingesetzt werden können, falls ganz spezielle Eigenschaften eingestellt werden sollen.Furthermore, this includes all known in cosmetics styling and conditioner polymers, which can be used in combination with the protein microbeads of the invention (i), if very special properties are to be set.
Als herkömmliche Haarkosmetik-Polymere eignen sich beispielsweise die zuvor genannten kationischen, anionischen, neutralen, nichtionischen und amphoteren Polymere, auf die hier Bezug genommen wird.Suitable conventional hair cosmetic polymers include, for example, the abovementioned cationic, anionic, neutral, nonionic and amphoteric polymers, to which reference is hereby made.
Zur Einstellung bestimmter Eigenschaften können die Zubereitungen zusätzlich auch konditionierende Substanzen auf Basis von Silikonverbindungen enthalten. Geeignete Silikonverbindungen sind beispielsweise Polyalkylsiloxane, Polyarylsiloxane, Polyary- lalkylsiloxane, Polyethersiloxane, Silikonharze oder Dimethicon Copolyole (CTFA) und aminofunktionelle Silikonverbindungen wie Amodimethicone (CTFA).To adjust certain properties, the preparations may additionally contain conditioning substances based on silicone compounds. Suitable silicone compounds are, for example, polyalkylsiloxanes, polyarylsiloxanes, polyarylalkylsiloxanes, polyethersiloxanes, silicone resins or dimethicone copolyols (CTFA) and amino-functional silicone compounds such as amodimethicones (CTFA).
Die erfindungsgemäßen Polymerisate eignen sich insbesondere als Festigungsmittel in Haarstyling-Zubereitungen, insbesondere Haarsprays (Aerosolsprays und Pumpsprays ohne Treibgas) und Haarschäume (Aerosolschäume und Pumpschäume ohne Treibgas).The polymers according to the invention are suitable in particular as setting agents in hairstyling preparations, in particular hairsprays (aerosol sprays and pump sprays without propellant gas) and hair foams (aerosol foams and pump foams without propellant gas).
In einer bevorzugten Ausführungsform enthalten Spray-Zubereitungen a) 0,01 bis 30 Gew.-% wenigstens eines Protein-Microbeads (i), b) 20 bis 99,9 Gew.-% Wasser und/oder Alkohol, c) 0 bis 70 Gew.-% wenigstens eines Treibmittel, d) 0 bis 20 Gew.-% weitere Bestandteile.In a preferred embodiment, spray preparations contain a) 0.01 to 30% by weight of at least one protein microbead (i), b) 20 to 99.9% by weight of water and / or alcohol, c) 0 to 70 Wt .-% of at least one blowing agent, d) 0 to 20 wt .-% further ingredients.
Treibmittel sind die für Haarsprays oder Aerosolschäume üblich verwendeten Treibmittel. Bevorzugt sind Gemische aus Propan/Butan, Pentan, Dimethylether, 1 ,1- Difluorethan (HFC-152 a), Kohlendioxid, Stickstoff oder Druckluft.Blowing agents are the blowing agents commonly used for hairsprays or aerosol foams. Preference is given to mixtures of propane / butane, pentane, dimethyl ether, 1,1-difluoroethane (HFC-152a), carbon dioxide, nitrogen or compressed air.
Eine erfindungsgemäß bevorzugte Formulierung für Aerosolhaarschäume enthält a) 0,01 bis 30 Gew.-% wenigstens eines Protein-Microbeads (i), b) 55 bis 99,8 Gew.-% Wasser und/oder Alkohol, c) 5 bis 20 Gew.-% eines Treibmittel, d) 0,1 bis 5 Gew.-% eines Emulgators, e) 0 bis 10 Gew.-% weitere Bestandteile.A preferred formulation for aerosol hair foams according to the invention comprises a) from 0.01 to 30% by weight of at least one protein microbead (i), b) from 55 to 99.8% by weight of water and / or alcohol, c) from 5 to 20% by weight % of a blowing agent, d) 0.1 to 5% by weight of an emulsifier, e) 0 to 10% by weight of further constituents.
Als Emulgatoren können alle in Haarschäumen üblicherweise eingesetzten Emulgato- ren verwendet werden. Geeignete Emulgatoren können nichtionisch, kationisch bzw. anionisch oder amphoter sein. Beispiele für nichtionische Emulgatoren (INCI-Nomenklatur) sind Laurethe, z.B. Lau- reth-4 ; Cetethe, z.B. Cetheth-1 , Polyethylenglycolcetylether, Cetearethe, z.B. Cethea- reth-25, Polyglycolfettsäureglyceride, hydroxyliertes Lecithin, Lactylester von Fettsäuren, Alkylpolyglycoside.As emulsifiers all emulsifiers commonly used in hair foams can be used. Suitable emulsifiers may be nonionic, cationic or anionic or amphoteric. Examples of nonionic emulsifiers (INCI nomenclature) are Laurethe, for example Laureth-4; Cetethees, for example cetheth-1, polyethylene glycol cetyl ethers, ceteareses, for example cethethreeth-25, polyglycol fatty acid glycerides, hydroxylated lecithin, lactyl esters of fatty acids, alkylpolyglycosides.
Beispiele für kationische Emulgatoren sind Cetyldimethyl-2-hydroxyethylammonium- dihydrogenphosphat, Cetyltrimoniumchlorid, Cetyltrimmoniumbromid, Cocotrimonium- methylsulfat, Quaternium-1 bis x (INCI).Examples of cationic emulsifiers are cetyldimethyl-2-hydroxyethylammonium dihydrogenphosphate, cetyltrimonium chloride, cetyltrimmonium bromide, cocotrimonium methylsulfate, quaternium-1 to x (INCI).
Anionische Emulgatoren können beispielsweise ausgewählt werden aus der Gruppe der Alkylsulfate, Alkylethersulfate, Alkylsulfonate, Alkylarylsulfonate, Alkylsuccinate, Alkylsulfosuccinate, N-Alkoylsarkosinate, Acyltaurate, Acylisethionate, Alkylphosphate, Alkyletherphosphate, Alkylethercarboxylate, Alpha-Olefinsulfonate, insbesondere die Alkali- und Erdalkalimetallsalze, z.B. Natrium, Kalium, Magnesium, Calcium, sowie Ammonium- und Triethanolamin-Salze. Die Alkylethersulfate, Alkyletherphosphate und Alkylethercarboxylate können zwischen 1 bis 10 Ethylenoxid oder Propylenoxid- Einheiten, bevorzugt 1 bis 3 Ethylenoxid-Einheiten im Molekül aufweisen.Anionic emulsifiers may, for example, be selected from the group of alkyl sulfates, alkyl ether sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, alkylaryl sulfonates, alkyl succinates, alkyl sulfosuccinates, N-alkoyl sarcosinates, acyl taurates, acyl isethionates, alkyl phosphates, alkyl ether phosphates, alkyl ether carboxylates, alpha olefin sulfonates, especially the alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, e.g. Sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, as well as ammonium and triethanolamine salts. The alkyl ether sulfates, alkyl ether phosphates and alkyl ether carboxylates can have between 1 to 10 ethylene oxide or propylene oxide units, preferably 1 to 3 ethylene oxide units in the molecule.
Eine erfindungsgemäß für Styling-Gele geeignete Zubereitung kann beispielsweise wie folgt zusammengesetzt sein: a) 0,01 bis 30 Gew.-% wenigstens eines Protein-A preparation suitable for styling gels according to the invention can be composed, for example, as follows: a) 0.01 to 30% by weight of at least one protein
Microbeads (i), b) 80 bis 99,85 Gew.-% Wasser und/oder Alkohol, c) 0 bis 3 Gew.-%, bevorzugt 0,05 bis 2 Gew.-%, eines Gelbildners, d) 0 bis 20 Gew.-% weitere Bestandteile. Der Einsatz von Gelbildnern kann von Vorteil sein, um spezielle Theologische oder an- dere anwendungstechnische Eigenschaften der Gele einzustellen. Als Gelbildner können alle in der Kosmetik üblichen Gelbildner eingesetzt werden. Hierzu zählen leicht vernetzte Polyacrylsäure, beispielsweise Carbomer (INCI), Cellulosederivate, z.B. Hydroxypropylcellulose, Hydroxyethylcellulose, kationisch modifizierte Cellulosen, Polysaccharide, z.B. Xanthangummi, Capryl/Caprin-Triglycerid, Natriumacrylat- Copolymere, Polyquaternium-32 (und) Paraffinum Liquidum (INCI), Natriumacrylat- Copolymere (und) Paraffinum Liquidum (und) PPG-1 Trideceth-6, Acrylamidopropyltri- moniumchlorid / Acrylamid-Copolymere, Steareth-10-Allylether, Acrylat-Copolymere, Polyquaternium-37 (und) Paraffinum Liquidum (und) PPG-1 Trideceth-6, Polyquaterni- um 37 (und) Propylenglycoldicapratdicaprylat (und) PPG- 1 Trideceth-6, Polyquaterni- um-7, Polyquaternium-44.Microbeads (i), b) 80 to 99.85% by weight of water and / or alcohol, c) 0 to 3% by weight, preferably 0.05 to 2% by weight, of a gelling agent, d) 0 to 20% by weight of other ingredients. The use of gelling agents may be advantageous for adjusting specific theological or other application properties of the gels. As gel formers, all gel formers customary in cosmetics can be used. These include lightly crosslinked polyacrylic acid, for example carbomer (INCI), cellulose derivatives, e.g. Hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, cationic modified celluloses, polysaccharides, e.g. Xanthan gum, caprylic / capric triglyceride, sodium acrylate copolymers, Polyquaternium-32 (and) Paraffinum Liquidum (INCI), sodium acrylate copolymers (and) Paraffinum Liquidum (and) PPG-1 trideceth-6, acrylamidopropyltrimonium chloride / acrylamide copolymers, Steareth-10-allyl ethers, acrylate copolymers, polyquaternium-37 (and) paraffin liquidum (and) PPG-1 trideceth-6, polyquaternium 37 (and) propylene glycol dicaprate dicaprylate (and) PPG-1 trideceth-6, polyquaternium 7, Polyquaternium-44.
Die erfindungsgemäßen Protein-Microbeads (i) können in kosmetischen Zubereitungen als Konditioniermittel eingesetzt werden.The protein microbeads (i) according to the invention can be used as conditioning agents in cosmetic preparations.
Eine die erfindungsgemäßen Protein-Microbeads (i) enthaltende Zubereitung kann bevorzugt in Shampooformulierungen als Festigungs- und/oder Konditioniermittel eingesetzt werden. Bevorzugte Shampooformulierungen enthalten a) 0,01 bis 30 Gew.-% wenigstens eines Protein-Microbeads (i), b) 25 bis 94,95 Gew.-% Wasser, c) 5 bis 50 Gew.-% Tenside, c) 0 bis 5 Gew.-% eines weiteren Konditioniermittels, d) 0 bis 10 Gew.-% weitere kosmetische Bestandteile.A preparation containing the protein microbeads (i) according to the invention can preferably be used in shampoo formulations as a setting and / or conditioning agent. Preferred shampoo formulations contain a) 0.01 to 30% by weight at least one protein microbead (i), b) 25 to 94.95% by weight of water, c) 5 to 50% by weight of surfactants, c) 0 to 5% by weight of a further conditioning agent, d) 0 to 10% by weight of other cosmetic ingredients.
In den Shampooformulierungen können alle in Shampoos üblicherweise eingesetzte anionische, neutrale, amphotere oder kationische Tenside verwendet werden.In the shampoo formulations all anionic, neutral, amphoteric or cationic surfactants commonly used in shampoos can be used.
Geeignete anionische Tenside sind beispielsweise Alkylsulfate, Alkylethersulfate, Alkylsulfonate, Alkylarylsulfonate, Alkylsuccinate, Alkylsulfosuccinate, N- Alkoylsarkosinate, Acyltaurate, Acylisothionate, Alkylphosphate, Alkyletherphosphate, Alkylethercarboxylate, Alpha-Olefinsulfonate, insbesondere die Alkali- und Erdalkalimetallsalze, z.B. Natrium, Kalium, Magnesium, Calcium, sowie Ammonium- und Trietha- nolamin-Salze. Die Alkylethersulfate, Alkyletherphosphate und Alkylethercarboxylate können zwischen 1 bis 10 Ethylenoxid- oder Propylenoxid-Einheiten, bevorzugt 1 bis 3 Ethylenoxid-Einheiten im Molekül aufweisen.Suitable anionic surfactants include, for example, alkyl sulfates, alkyl ether sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, alkylaryl sulfonates, alkyl succinates, alkyl sulfosuccinates, N-alkoxy sarcosinates, acyl taurates, acyl isothionates, alkyl phosphates, alkyl ether phosphates, alkyl ether carboxylates, alpha olefin sulfonates, especially the alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, e.g. Sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, and ammonium and triethanolamine salts. The alkyl ether sulfates, alkyl ether phosphates and alkyl ether carboxylates can have between 1 to 10 ethylene oxide or propylene oxide units, preferably 1 to 3 ethylene oxide units in the molecule.
Geeignet sind zum Beispiel Natriumlaurylsulfat, Ammoniumlaurysulfat, Natriumlaury- lethersulfat, Ammoniumlaurylethersulfat, Natriumlauroylsarkosinat, Natriumoleylsucci- nat, Ammoniumlaurylsulfosuccinat, Natriumdodecylbenzolsulfonat, Triethanolamindo- decylbenzolsulfonat.Suitable examples are sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl ether sulfate, sodium lauroyl sarcosinate, sodium oleyl succinate, ammonium lauryl sulfosuccinate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, triethanolamine dodecylbenzenesulfonate.
Geeignete amphotere Tenside sind zum Beispiel Alkylbetaine, Alkylamidopropylbetai- ne, Alkylsulfobetaine, Alkylglycinate, Alkylcarboxyglycinate, Alkylamphoacetate oder - propionate, Alkylamphodiacetate oder -dipropionate.Suitable amphoteric surfactants are, for example, alkylbetaines, alkylamidopropylbetaines, alkylsulfobetaines, alkylglycinates, alkylcarboxyglycinates, alkylamphoacetates or -propionates, alkylamphodiacetates or -dipropionates.
Beispielsweise können Cocodimethylsulfopropylbetain, Laurylbetain, Cocamidopropyl- betain oder Natriumcocamphopropionat eingesetzt werden.For example, cocodimethylsulfopropyl betaine, lauryl betaine, cocamidopropyl betaine or sodium cocamphopropionate can be used.
Als nichtionische Tenside sind beispielsweise geeignet die Umsetzungsprodukte von aliphatischen Alkoholen oder Alkylphenolen mit 6 bis 20 C-Atomen in der Alkylkette, die linear oder verzweigt sein kann, mit Ethylenoxid und/oder Propylenoxid. Die Menge Alkylenoxid beträgt ca. 6 bis 60 Mole auf ein Mol Alkohol. Ferner sind Alkylaminoxide, Mono- oder Dialkylalkanolamide, Fettsäureester von Polyethylenglykolen, Alkylpolygly- koside oder Sorbitanetherester geeignet.Suitable nonionic surfactants are, for example, the reaction products of aliphatic alcohols or alkylphenols having 6 to 20 C atoms in the alkyl chain, which may be linear or branched, with ethylene oxide and / or propylene oxide. The amount of alkylene oxide is about 6 to 60 moles per mole of alcohol. Also suitable are alkylamine oxides, mono- or dialkylalkanolamides, fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycols, alkylpolyglycosides or sorbitan ether esters.
Ausserdem können die Shampooformulierungen übliche kationische Tenside enthalten, wie z.B. quaternäre Ammoniumverbindungen, beispielsweise Cetyltrimethylammo- niumchlorid.In addition, the shampoo formulations may contain conventional cationic surfactants, e.g. quaternary ammonium compounds, for example cetyltrimethylammonium chloride.
In den Shampooformulierungen können zur Erzielung bestimmter Effekte übliche Kon- ditioniermittel in Kombination mit den Protein-Microbeads (i) eingesetzt werden. Hierzu zählen beispielsweise die zuvor genannten kationischen Polymere mit der Bezeichnung Polyquaternium nach INCI, insbesondere Copolymere aus Vinylpyrrolidon/ N-Vinylimidazoliumsalzen (Luviquat FC, Luviquat&commat, HM, Luviquat MS, Luviquat Care), Copolymere aus N-Vinylpyrrolidon/Dimethylaminoethylmethacrylat, quaternisiert mit Diethylsulfat (Luviquat D PQ 11 ), Copolymere aus N-Vinylcaprolactam/N-Conventional conditioning agents in combination with the protein microbeads (i) can be used in the shampoo formulations to achieve certain effects. These include, for example, the aforementioned cationic polymers with the name Polyquaternium according to INCI, in particular copolymers of vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts (Luviquat FC, Luviquat & commat, HM, Luviquat MS, Luviquat Care), copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone / dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, quaternized with diethyl sulfate ( Luviquat D PQ 11), copolymers of N-vinylcaprolactam / N-
Vinylpyrrolidon/N-Vinylimidazoliumsalzen (Luviquat D Hold), kationische Cellulosederi- vate (Polyquaternium-4 und -10), Acrylamidcopolymere (Polyquaternium-7). Ferner können Eiweißhydrolysate verwendet werden, sowie konditionierende Substanzen auf Basis von Silikonverbindungen, beispielsweise Polyalkylsiloxane, Polyarylsiloxane, Polyarylalkylsiloxane, Polyethersiloxane oder Silikonharze. Weitere geeignete Silikonverbindungen sind Dimethicon Copolyole (CTFA) und aminofunktionelle Silikonverbindungen wie Amodimethicone (CTFA). Ferner können kationische Guarderivate wie Guarhydroxypropyltrimoniumchlorid (INCI) verwendet werden.Vinylpyrrolidone / N-vinylimidazolium salts (Luviquat D Hold), cationic cellulose derivatives (Polyquaternium-4 and -10), acrylamide copolymers (Polyquaternium-7). Furthermore, protein hydrolysates can be used, as well as conditioning substances based on silicone compounds, for example polyalkylsiloxanes, polyarylsiloxanes, polyarylalkylsiloxanes, polyethersiloxanes or silicone resins. Other suitable silicone compounds are dimethicone copolyols (CTFA) and amino-functional silicone compounds such as amodimethicones (CTFA). Furthermore, cationic guar derivatives such as guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride (INCI) can be used.
Experimenteller TeilExperimental part
Beispiel 1example 1
Methode zur Herstellung von kugelförmigen Protein-Microbeads aus dem Seidenprotein C16 in LösungMethod for producing globular protein microbeads from the silk protein C16 in solution
Eine wässrige C16 Lösung wird hergestellt. Dazu wird lyophilisiertes C16 in 6 M Gua- nidiniumthiocyanat (GdmSCN) mit einer Endkonzentration von 0,1 - 10 mg/ml gelöst. Anschließend wird das GdmSCN durch Dialyse gegen 5 mM Kaliumphosphat pH 8,0 entfernt.An aqueous C16 solution is prepared. For this purpose, lyophilized C16 is dissolved in 6 M guanidinium thiocyanate (GdmSCN) to a final concentration of 0.1-10 mg / ml. Subsequently, the GdmSCN is removed by dialysis against 5 mM potassium phosphate pH 8.0.
Die Bildung von ß-Faltblattreichen C16-Microbeads wird bei Raumtemperatur durch die rasche Zugabe von 500 mM Kaliumphosphat pH 8,0 bzw. 800 mM Ammoniumsulfat (Endkonzentration) zur Proteinlösung, gefolgt von einer kurzen Durchmischung (z.B. Schwenken des Reaktionsgefäßes), induziert. Der mittlere Partikeldurchmesser ist abhängig von der eingesetzten Proteinkonzentration und kann zwischen 0,5 μm und 15 μm variiert werden. Die Partikel werden anschließend mit Wasser gewaschen und lyophilisiert. Der Erfolg der Microbead-Bildung wird mit Hilfe der Rasterelektronenmikroskopie überprüft.The formation of β-sheet-rich C16 microbeads is induced at room temperature by the rapid addition of 500 mM potassium phosphate pH 8.0 and 800 mM ammonium sulfate (final concentration) to the protein solution, followed by brief mixing (e.g., panning of the reaction vessel). The mean particle diameter depends on the protein concentration used and can be varied between 0.5 μm and 15 μm. The particles are then washed with water and lyophilized. The success of microbead formation is verified by scanning electron microscopy.
Beispiel 2: Bestimmung der thermischen Stabilität von C16-Microbeads durch Thermogravimetri- sche Analyse (TGA)Example 2: Determination of the Thermal Stability of C16 Microbeads by Thermogravimetric Analysis (TGA)
Die thermische Stabilität von C16-Microbeads wurde unter Verwendung der Apparatur „Thermogravimetric Analyser TGA 7" der Firma Perkin-Elmer bestimmt. Dabei wurden Aluminium - Probepfännchen mit einem Volumen von 40 μl verwendet. Als Spülgas für die Waage wurden 4 l/h Stickstoff, als Spülgas für den Proberaum 1 ,6 l/h Stickstoff oder Luft (je nach Messung) genutzt. Das Aufheizen der Probe erfolgte von 30 auf 500 °C mit einer Aufheizrate von 5 K/Min. Während der Messung wurden das Probegewicht und die Ofentemperatur erfasst. Abbildung 1 zeigt den Verlauf des C16-Microbead- Probengewichtes über der Temperatur. Es ist deutlich zu erkennen, dass der Hauptteil der analysierten C16-Microbeads bis zu Temperaturen von mindestens 250 °C stabil ist. Erst danach ist ein deutlicher Masseverlust erkennbar, der in der Zersetzung der Probe begründet ist.The thermal stability of C16 microbeads was determined using the apparatus "Thermogravimetric Analyzer TGA 7" from Perkin-Elmer, using aluminum sample containers having a volume of 40 μl, and 4 l / h of nitrogen as purge gas for the balance. 6 l / h of nitrogen or air (depending on the measurement) was used as purge gas for the test room 1. The sample was heated from 30 to 500 ° C. at a heating rate of 5 K / min. During the measurement, the sample weight and the oven temperature became Figure 1 shows the variation of the C16 microbead sample weight over the temperature It can be clearly seen that the majority of the analyzed C16 microbeads are stable up to temperatures of at least 250 ° C. Only then is a significant mass loss evident, which is due to the decomposition of the sample.
Beispiel 3:Example 3:
Wasseraufnahme von C16-MicrobeadsWater uptake of C16 microbeads
C16-Microbeadscrobeads können Wasser aus der Luft aufnehmen bzw. abgeben und damit als feuchtigkeitsregulierende Substanz in kosmetischen Applikationen dienen.C16 microbeadscrobeads can absorb or release water from the air and thus serve as a moisture-regulating substance in cosmetic applications.
Um dies zu demonstrieren wurden 0,4 g - 0,5 g C16-Microbeads, die zuvor bei -20°C gelagert wurden, 16 h unter Vakuum getrocknet. Durch diese Behandlung verloren die Microbeads 12 % ihres Gewichts (bezogen auf das Trockengewicht). Anschließende Lagerung bei Raumtemperatur und 100 % Luftfeuchtigkeit führte zu einer langsamen Gewichtszunahme von 25 % innerhalb von 19 Tagen (siehe Abbildung 2). Durch erneute Trocknung im Vakuum wurde das ursprüngliche Trockengewicht wieder erreicht.To demonstrate this, 0.4 g - 0.5 g of C16 microbeads previously stored at -20 ° C were vacuum dried for 16 hours. By this treatment, the microbeads lost 12% of their weight (in terms of dry weight). Subsequent storage at room temperature and 100% humidity resulted in a slow weight gain of 25% within 19 days (see Figure 2). By re-drying in vacuo, the original dry weight was reached again.
Beispiel 4:Example 4:
Formulierung von CanthaxanthinFormulation of canthaxanthin
Um zu zeigen, dass die C16-Microbeads als Träger und Formulierungshilfsmittel für Effektormoleküle geeignet sind, wurde Canthaxanthin als Beispiel an C16-Microbeads gebunden.To show that the C16 microbeads are suitable as carriers and formulation auxiliaries for effector molecules, canthaxanthin was bound to C16 microbeads as an example.
Dazu wurden 500 μl einer Lösung aus 20 mg/ml C16 in 5 mM Kaliumphosphat (pH 8,0) mit 50 μl einer Lösung aus 2 mg/ml Canthaxanthin in DMSO vermischt, nachdem die unlöslichen Mikrokristalle durch Zentrifugation entfernt wurden. Im Anschluss wurde die Bildung von C16-Microbeads durch Zugabe von 500 μl einer 1 M Kaliumphosphatlösung (pH 8,0) induziert.For this purpose, 500 .mu.l of a solution of 20 mg / ml C16 in 5 mM potassium phosphate (pH 8.0) were mixed with 50 .mu.l of a solution of 2 mg / ml canthaxanthin in DMSO after the insoluble microcrystals were removed by centrifugation. Following was the Formation of C16 microbeads induced by addition of 500 μl of a 1 M potassium phosphate solution (pH 8.0).
Während der Bildung der C16-Microbeads wurde das Canthaxanthin quantitativ aus der Lösung entfernt, wie durch Bestimmen der Extinktion im Überstand nach Abzentri- fugieren der C16-Microbeads gezeigt werden konnte (Abb. 3). Die abzentrifugierten C16-Microbeads erschienen deutlich rosa-violett gefärbt. Nach dem Lyophilisieren wurden die beladenen C16-Microbeads elektronenmikroskopisch analysiert. Im elektronenmikroskopischen Bild unterschieden sich die beladenen C16-Microbeads nicht von der unbeladenen Kontrolle, die unter den gleichen Bedingungen hergestellt wurde, wodurch deutlich wird, dass die C16-Microbeads und das Canthaxanthin eine gemeinsame feste Phase bilden (Abb. 4).During formation of the C16 microbeads, the canthaxanthin was quantitatively removed from the solution, as demonstrated by determining the absorbance in the supernatant after centrifuging the C16 microbeads (Figure 3). The centrifuged C16 microbeads appeared clearly pink-violet colored. After lyophilization, the loaded C16 microbeads were analyzed by electron microscopy. In the electron micrograph, the loaded C16 microbeads did not differ from the unloaded control prepared under the same conditions, indicating that the C16 microbeads and the canthaxanthin form a common solid phase (Figure 4).
Um zu testen, wie stark die Bindung des Canthaxanthins an die C16-Microbeads war, wurden die beladenen Microbeads mit 5 mM Kaliumphosphat (pH 8,0), 5 mM Kaliumphosphat (pH 8,0) + 5% DMSO und reinem DMSO gewaschen. Dazu wurden die C16- Microbeads mit jeweils 1 ml der Lösungen für ca. 1 min inkubiert. Im Anschluss wurde abzentrifugiert und der Canthaxanthingehalt im Überstand durch Bestimmen der Extin- kion gemessen. Während durch Waschen ohne und mit nur 5% DMSO kein Canthaxanthin in Lösung gebracht werden konnte, ging durch einmaliges Waschen mit reinem DMSO der Großteil des gebundenen Canthaxanthins in Lösung (Abb. 5). Das Cantha- xanthin lässt sich also durch die Bedingungen, unter denen es an die Microbeads gebunden wurde (5% DMSO), nicht mehr auswaschen, was für eine feste Assoziation an die Microbeads spricht.To test how strong the binding of canthaxanthin was to the C16 microbeads, the loaded microbeads were washed with 5 mM potassium phosphate (pH 8.0), 5 mM potassium phosphate (pH 8.0) + 5% DMSO and pure DMSO. For this purpose, the C16 microbeads were incubated with 1 ml of the solutions for about 1 min. Subsequently, centrifugation was carried out and the canthaxanthin content in the supernatant was measured by determining the extinction. While no canthaxanthin could be solubilized by washing with and with only 5% DMSO, the majority of the bound canthaxanthin went into solution by a single wash with pure DMSO (Figure 5). The canthaxanthin can no longer be washed out by the conditions under which it was bound to the microbeads (5% DMSO), which suggests a strong association with the microbeads.
Als Kontrolle wurden 500 μl einer Lösung aus 5 mM Kaliumphosphat (pH 8,0) mit 50 μl der Canthaxanthinlösung in DMSO vermischt. In Abwesenheit von C16 blieb die Lö- sung auch nach Zugabe von 500 μl einer 1 M Kaliumphosphatlösung (pH 8,0) klar. Das Canthaxanthin war unter den Bedingungen der Assemblierung nicht in der Lage, alleine eine feste Phase zu bilden.As a control, 500 μl of a solution of 5 mM potassium phosphate (pH 8.0) were mixed with 50 μl of the canthaxanthin solution in DMSO. In the absence of C16, the solution remained clear even after addition of 500 μl of a 1 M potassium phosphate solution (pH 8.0). The canthaxanthin was unable under the conditions of the assembly to form a solid phase alone.
Um zu testen, ob das Canthaxanthin im wesentlichen an die Oberfläche der C16- Microbeads adsorbiert ist oder ob auch ein Einschluss des Canthaxanthins in die C16- Microbeads erfolgt, wurden 500 μl einer Lösung aus 5 mM Kaliumphosphat (pH 8,0) mit 50 μl der Canthaxanthinlösung in DMSO vermischt und im Anschluss 10 mg unbe- ladene, weiße C16-Microbeads hinzugegeben. Zu der Suspension wurden dann 500 μl der 1 M Kaliumphosphatlösung (pH 8,0) gegeben. Nach Abzentrifugieren der C16- Microbeads wurde der Großteil des eingesetzten Canthaxanthins im Überstand gefun- den, nur ein geringer Teil war an die Microbeads gebunden (Abb. 3), was auch durch die schwach violette Färbung der C16-Microbeads deutlich wurde. Wiederum wurde durch Waschen mit 1 ml einer Lösung aus 5% DMSO in 5 mM Kaliumphosphat (pH 8,0) gestestet, wie stark die Assoziation des Canthaxanthins an die C16-Microbeads ist. Im Gegensatz zu den C16-Microbeads, die in Anwesenheit von Canthaxanthin gebildet wurden, konnte jetzt das gesamte gebundene Canthaxanthin herausgewaschen werden (Abb. 6), was für eine deutlich schwächere Assoziation von Canthaxanthin an bereits existierende C16-Microbeads schließen lässt. Insgesamt unterscheidet sich die Bindung des Canthaxanthins an die C16-Microbeads, die in Anwesenheit von Canthaxanthin gebildet wurden, von der Adsorption an bereits existierende C16-Microbeads, was für einen Einschluss des Canthaxanthins in die Microbeads während der Assemb- lierung spricht.In order to test whether the canthaxanthin is adsorbed essentially to the surface of the C16 microbeads or whether canthaxanthin is also included in the C16 microbeads, 500 μl of a solution of 5 mM potassium phosphate (pH 8.0) with 50 μl The Canthaxanthinlösung mixed in DMSO and then added 10 mg of uncharged, white C16 microbeads. To the suspension was then added 500 μl of the 1 M potassium phosphate solution (pH 8.0). After centrifugation of the C16 microbeads, the majority of the canthaxanthin used was found in the supernatant, only a small portion was bound to the microbeads (FIG. 3), which was also evident from the slightly violet coloration of the C16 microbeads. Was again tested by washing with 1 ml of a solution of 5% DMSO in 5 mM potassium phosphate (pH 8.0), how strong is the association of canthaxanthin to the C16 microbeads. In contrast to the C16 microbeads, which were formed in the presence of canthaxanthin, all bound canthaxanthin could now be washed out (Fig. 6), indicating a much weaker association of canthaxanthin with existing C16 microbeads. Overall, the binding of canthaxanthin to the C16 microbeads formed in the presence of canthaxanthin differs from the adsorption on existing C16 microbeads, suggesting that canthaxanthin is included in the microbeads during assem- bly.
Beispiel 5:Example 5:
Release von Canthaxanthin aus C16-MicrobeadsRelease of canthaxanthin from C16 microbeads
Neben dem Herauswaschen von Canthaxanthin durch Lösungsmittel wie z.B. DMSO (Abb. 5) kann die Freisetzung auch durch Abbau der C16-Microbeads erfolgen. Um den Abbau der C16-Microbeads durch Proteasen zu zeigen, wurden in insgesamt zwei Ansätzen (Abb. 7, a und b) jeweils 150 μl C16 in 5 mM Kaliumphosphat (pH 8,0) mit 150 μl einer gesättigten Lösung von Canthaxanthin in DMSO vermischt. Im Anschluss wurden 700 μl einer 1 M Kaliumphosphatlösung (pH 8,0) hinzugegeben, um die Bildung der C16-Microbeads zu induzieren. Als Kontrolle wurden 150 μl einer Lösung aus 5 mM Kaliumphosphat (pH 8,0) mit 150 μl einer gesättigten Lösung von Canthaxanthin in DMSO und 700 μl einer 1 M Kaliumphosphatlösung (pH 8,0) vermischt (Kontrolle ohne C16). Alle Ansätze wurden 1 ,5 Stunden bei RT inkubiert und im Anschluss ab- zentrifugiert. Während sich bei den Ansätzen mit C16 orange-violett gefärbte Microbeads gebildet haben, war bei der Kontrolle keine Präzipitation zu beobachten.In addition to washing out canthaxanthin by solvents, e.g. DMSO (Figure 5), the release can also be done by degradation of the C16 microbeads. In order to demonstrate the degradation of the C16 microbeads by proteases, 150 μl of C16 in 5 mM potassium phosphate (pH 8.0) were mixed with 150 μl of a saturated solution of canthaxanthin in DMSO in a total of two batches (FIGS. 7, a and b) mixed. Subsequently, 700 μl of a 1 M potassium phosphate solution (pH 8.0) was added to induce formation of the C16 microbeads. As a control, 150 μl of a solution of 5 mM potassium phosphate (pH 8.0) were mixed with 150 μl of a saturated solution of canthaxanthin in DMSO and 700 μl of a 1 M potassium phosphate solution (pH 8.0) (control without C16). All batches were incubated for 1.5 hours at RT and then centrifuged off. While in the batches with C16 orange-purple colored microbeads were formed, no precipitation was observed during the control.
Die Überstände wurden abgenommen und die mit Canthaxanthin beladenen C16- Microbeads in 1 ml einer 5 mM Kaliumphosphatlösung (pH 8,0) aufgenommen. Der Canthaxanthingehalt in den Überständen wurde photometrisch anhand der Cantha- xanthinextinktion bestimmt (Überstand nach C16-Fällung). Während in der Kontrolle ohne C16 das gesamte Canthaxanthin im Überstand blieb, wurde das Canthaxanthin in den beiden Ansätzen mit C16 quantitativ durch die C16-Microbeads gebunden (Abb.The supernatants were removed and the canthaxanthin-loaded C16 microbeads were taken up in 1 ml of a 5 mM potassium phosphate solution (pH 8.0). The canthaxanthin content in the supernatants was determined photometrically using the canthaxantine extinction (supernatant after C16 precipitation). While in the control without C16 the total canthaxanthin remained in the supernatant, the canthaxanthin in the two batches with C16 was quantitatively bound by the C16 microbeads (Fig.
7).7).
Um die Microbeads abzubauen wurden als nächstes 3 U Proteinase K (Roche) zu den C16-Microbeads aus Ansatz (a) gegeben und zusammen mit der Kontrolle ohne Protease (Ansatz b) bei 37°C inkubiert. Nach Ende der Inkubation wurde abzentrifugiert und die Überstände photometrisch vermessen. Während im Fall der Kontrolle ohne Protease (Ansatz b) kein Canthaxanthin im Überstand gemessen werden konnte, wurde im Ansatz mit Protease (a) Canthaxanthin quantitativ aus den C16-Microbeads frei- gesetzt. Insgesamt wird durch den Versuch deutlich, dass Canthaxanthin durch proteolytischen Abbau der Microbeads, freigesetzt werden kann.In order to break down the microbeads, 3 U proteinase K (Roche) were next added to the C16 microbeads from batch (a) and incubated at 37 ° C. together with the control without protease (batch b). After the end of the incubation, centrifugation was carried out and the supernatants were measured photometrically. While in the case of the control without protease (batch b) no canthaxanthin could be measured in the supernatant, in the reaction with protease (a) canthaxanthin was quantitatively released from the C16 microbeads. set. Overall, it is clear from the experiment that canthaxanthin can be released by proteolytic degradation of the microbeads.
Beispiel 6Example 6
Inkorporation von Fluorescein in Ciβ-Mikropartikel durch kovalente BindungIncorporation of fluorescein into Ciβ microparticles by covalent bonding
Dass Effektormoleküle kovalent an C16 gebunden und anschließend in Microbeads inkorporiert werden können, wurde am Beispiel des Fluoresceins gezeigt. Zunächst wurde eine wässrige Ci6-Lösung hergestellt. Dazu wurde lyophilisiertes C16 in 6 M Guanidiniumthiocyanat (GdmSCN) mit einer Endkonzentration von 10 mg/ml gelöst. Anschließend wurde das GdmSCN durch Dialyse gegen 5 mM Kaliumphosphat pH 8,0 entfernt. Die Carboxylgruppen des C16 wurden aktiviert um anschließend unter BiI- düng eines Amids mit Ethylendiamin zu reagieren (Abbildung 8). Dazu wurden folgende Stammlösungen verwendet:The fact that effector molecules can be covalently bound to C16 and subsequently incorporated into microbeads was demonstrated using fluorescein as an example. First, an aqueous Ci6 solution was prepared. For this purpose, lyophilized C16 was dissolved in 6 M guanidinium thiocyanate (GdmSCN) to a final concentration of 10 mg / ml. Subsequently, the GdmSCN was removed by dialysis against 5 mM potassium phosphate pH 8.0. The carboxyl groups of the C16 were activated to react with ethylenediamine upon formation of an amide (Figure 8). The following stock solutions were used for this:
- 10 mg/ml C16 5 mM Kaliumphosphat pH 8,0- 10 mg / ml C16 5 mM potassium phosphate pH 8.0
- 250 mM 1-Ethyl-3-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimid, Hydrochlorid (EDC) in Was- ser- 250 mM 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide, hydrochloride (EDC) in water
- 250 mM /V-Hydroxysulfosuccinimid, Natriumsalz (NHS) in Wasser- 250 mM / V hydroxysulfosuccinimide, sodium salt (NHS) in water
- 500 mM 2-Morpholinoethansulfonsäure (MES) pH 5.0500 mM 2-morpholinoethanesulfonic acid (MES) pH 5.0
- 2 M Ethylendiamin in Wasser- 2 M ethylenediamine in water
Die Stammlösungen von EDC und NHS wurden jeweils kurz vor Verwendung ange- setzt.The stock solutions of EDC and NHS were each used shortly before use.
Für die Aktivierung der C16-Carboxylgruppen wurde folgender Ansatz für 15 min bei Raumtemperatur inkubiert:For the activation of the C16-carboxyl groups, the following mixture was incubated for 15 min at room temperature:
10O mM MES pH 5.0 25 mM EDC 5 mM NHS10mM MES pH 5.0 25mM EDC 5mM NHS
Die Kopplung von Ethylendiamin an die aktivierten C16-Carboxylgruppen erfolgte durch Zugabe von 500 mM Ethylendiamin und Inkubation des Ansatzes für zwei Stun- den bei Raumtemperatur. Anschließend wurde der Ansatz gegen 5 mM Kaliumphosphat pH 8.0 dialysiert.The coupling of ethylenediamine to the activated C16 carboxyl groups was carried out by adding 500 mM ethylenediamine and incubating the batch for two hours. at room temperature. Subsequently, the batch was dialyzed against 5 mM potassium phosphate pH 8.0.
In einem zweiten Schritt wurde Fluoresceinisothiocyanat an die freie Aminogruppe des an C16 gekoppelten Ethylendiamins gebunden (Abbildung 8). Dazu wurden folgende Stammlösungen verwendet:In a second step, fluorescein isothiocyanate was attached to the free amino group of the C16-coupled ethylene diamine (Figure 8). The following stock solutions were used for this:
- Ethylendiamin-modifiziertes C16 in 5 mM Kaliumphosphat pH 8,0 - 1 M Natriumcarbonat pH 9.0 - 10 mg/ml Fluoresceinisothiocyanat (FITC) in Dimethylsulfoxid (DMSO) - 1 M Kaliumphosphat pH 8.0 Die FITC-Stammlösung wurde jeweils kurz vor der Verwendung angesetzt.- Ethylenediamine-modified C16 in 5 mM potassium phosphate pH 8.0 - 1 M sodium carbonate pH 9.0 - 10 mg / ml Fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) - 1 M potassium phosphate pH 8.0 The FITC stock solution was prepared shortly before use ,
Die Kopplung des FITC erfolgte nach folgendem Protokoll: - Zugabe von 100 mM Natriumcarbonat pH 9.0 und 1 mg/ml FITC zu der C16-LösungThe coupling of the FITC was carried out according to the following protocol: Adding 100 mM sodium carbonate pH 9.0 and 1 mg / ml FITC to the C16 solution
- Inkubation für 1 h bei Raumtemperatur (im Dunkeln)Incubation for 1 h at room temperature (in the dark)
- Fällung des C16 mit 660 mM Kaliumphosphat- Precipitation of the C16 with 660 mM potassium phosphate
- Inkubation für 1 h bei Raumtemperatur (im Dunkeln)Incubation for 1 h at room temperature (in the dark)
- Zentrifugation bei 10000 x g für 10 min bei Raumtemperatur - 3 x Waschen des Pellets mit 5 mM Kaliumphosphat pH 8.0- Centrifugation at 10000 x g for 10 min at room temperature - 3 x washing of the pellet with 5 mM potassium phosphate pH 8.0
- Lösen des Pellets in 6 M Guanidiniumthiocyanat (Endkonzentration des Proteins: 5 mg/ml)Dissolve the pellet in 6 M guanidinium thiocyanate (final concentration of the protein: 5 mg / ml)
- Dialyse gegen 5 mM Kaliumphosphat pH 8.0 (im Dunkeln)- Dialysis against 5 mM potassium phosphate pH 8.0 (in the dark)
- Fällung mit 500 mM Kaliumphosphat pH 8.0 - 3 x Waschen des Pellets mitWasser- Precipitation with 500 mM potassium phosphate pH 8.0 - 3 x washing of the pellet with water
- Resuspension in Wasser- Resuspension in water
- Einfrieren in flüssigem Stickstoff- freezing in liquid nitrogen
- Lyophilisieren (im Dunkeln)- Lyophilize (in the dark)
Durch die Fällung des löslichen FITC-gelabelten C16 mit Kaliumphosphat entstehen wie bei unbehandeltem C16-Protein runde Microbeads, die aber im Gegensatz zu unbehandelten C16-Microbeads eine deutliche Fluoreszenz zeigen (Abb.9). Die Effizienz der Kopplung von Fluorescein an C16 wurde photometrisch bestimmt. Dazu wurde eine 5 mg/ml Suspension des lyophilisierten modifizierten C16-Proteins proteolytisch verdaut (100 mM Tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethan (Tris) pH 8,0; 0,1 % Natriumdodecylsulfat (SDS); 50 μg/ml ProteinaseK (Roche); Inkubation für 1 h bei 37°C). Die Konzentration des Fluoresceins in der verdauten Lösung wurde unter Verwendung des molaren Extinktionskoeffizienten ε494πm = 77000 cnτ1M-1 berechnet. Aus der berechneten Fluoresceinkonzentration und der bekannten eingesetzten Proteinmenge konnte die Kopplungseffizienz berechnet werden. Auf diese Weise wurde in den C16-Microbeads eine durchschnittliche Kopplung von 12,8 Fluoresceinmolekülen an ein C16-Molekül festgestellt. Als Kontrolle wurde eine Probe nach dem gleichen Protokoll behandelt, wobei das EDC und NHS während der Aktivierung durch Wasser ersetzt wurde. Die Kopplungseffizienz dieser Probe war kleiner als ein Fluoresceinmolekül pro C16-Molekül. Daraus kann geschlossen werden, dass die Bindung des Fluoresceins an C16 dem in Abbildung 8 postulierten Mechanismus folgt und nicht auf unspezifischen Bindungseffekten beruht.The precipitation of the soluble FITC-labeled C16 with potassium phosphate produces round microbeads, as in the case of untreated C16 protein, but unlike untreated C16 microbeads, they show marked fluorescence (Figure 9). The efficiency of the coupling of fluorescein to C16 was determined photometrically. To this end, a 5 mg / ml suspension of the lyophilized modified C16 protein was proteolytically digested (100 mM tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (Tris) pH 8.0; 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS); 50 μg / ml proteinase K (Roche); Incubation for 1 h at 37 ° C). The concentration of fluorescein in the digested solution was calculated using the molar extinction coefficient ε494πm = 77000 cnτ 1 M- 1 . From the calculated fluorescein concentration and the known amount of protein used, the coupling efficiency could be calculated. In this way, an average coupling of 12.8 fluorescein molecules to a C16 molecule was found in the C16 microbeads. As a control, a sample was treated according to the same protocol, with the EDC and NHS being replaced by water during activation. The coupling efficiency of this sample was smaller than one fluorescein molecule per C16 molecule. It can be concluded that the binding of fluorescein to C16 follows the mechanism postulated in Figure 8 and is not due to nonspecific binding effects.
Im Folgenden sind erfindungesgemäße dermokosmetische Zubereitungen beschrieben, enthal- tend die gemäß Beispiel 1 hergestellten C16-Microbeads oder gemäß Beispiel 4 hergestellte Ciö-Microbead-Canthaxanthin.In the following, dermocosmetic preparations according to the invention are described, containing the C16 microbeads prepared according to Example 1 or Ci0 microbead canthaxanthin prepared according to Example 4.
Beispiel 7: Verwendung C16-Microbead in einer Emulsion zur Tagespflege - Typ O/WExample 7: Use of C16 Microbead in a Day Care Emulsion - Type O / W
WS 1%:WS 1%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 1 ,7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 1, 7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
0,7 Ceteareth-250.7 Ceteareth-25
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate 2 2,,00 P PEEGG--1144 Dimethicone2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate 2, 2, 00 P PEEGG - 1144 dimethicone
3,6 Cetearyl Alcohol3.6 Cetearyl Alcohol
6,0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate6.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Dibutyl Adipate2.0 dibutyl adipate
B 5,0 Glycerin 0 0,,22 D Diissooddiiuumm EDTAB 5.0 Glycerin 0 0,, 22 D Diissodiimide EDTA
1 ,0 Panthenol1, 0 panthenol
1 ,0 C16-Microbead q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 C16 microbead q.s. preservative
67,8 Aqua dem.67.8 Aqua the.
CC 44,,00 CCaapprryylliicc//CCaapprriicc TTrriiggllyycceerriiddee,, SSooddiiuumm Acrylates CopolymerCC 44, 00 CCaapprryylliicc // CCaapprriicc TTrriiggllyycceerriiddee ,, SSooddiuminum Acrylates Copolymer
D 0,2 Sodium Ascorbyl PhosphateD 0.2 Sodium Ascorbyl Phosphate
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
1 ,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Asc ate, Tocopherol, Retinol Eq.s. Sodium Hydroxide1, 0 Caprylic / Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Ascate, Tocopherol, Retinol Eq.s. Sodium hydroxides
WS 5%:WS 5%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 1 ,7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 1, 7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
0,7 Ceteareth-250.7 Ceteareth-25
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
2,0 PEG-14 Dimethicone2.0 PEG-14 Dimethicone
3,6 Cetearyl Alcohol3.6 Cetearyl Alcohol
6,0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate6.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Dibutyl Adipate2.0 dibutyl adipate
B 5,0 GlycerinB 5.0 glycerin
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
1 ,0 Panthenol1, 0 panthenol
5,0 C16-Microbead q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.0 C16 microbead q.s. preservative
63,8 Aqua dem.63.8 Aqua the.
C 4,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylates CopolymerC 4.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylate Copolymer
D 0,2 Sodium Ascorbyl PhosphateD 0.2 Sodium Ascorbyl Phosphate
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
1 ,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Ascorbate, Tocopherol, Retinol1, 0 Caprylic / Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Ascorbate, Tocopherol, Retinol
E q.s. Sodium HydroxideE q.s. Sodium hydroxides
Herstellung: Die Phasen A und B getrennt voneinander auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren und homogenisieren. Phase C in die kombinierten Phasen A und B einrühren und nochmals homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf ca. 400C abkühlen, Phase D zugeben, den pH-Wert mit Phase E auf etwa 6.5 einstellen, homogenisieren und unter Rühren auf Raum- temperatur abkühlen.Preparation: Heat phases A and B separately from each other to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Stir phase C into combined phases A and B and homogenize again. Cool to about 40 ° C. with stirring, add phase D, adjust the pH to about 6.5 with phase E, homogenize and cool to room temperature while stirring.
Hinweis: Die Formulierung wird ohne Schutzgas hergestellt. Die Abfüllung muß in sauerstoffundurchlässige Verpackungen, z.B. Aluminiumtuben erfolgen.Note: The formulation is produced without inert gas. The filling must be in oxygen-impermeable packaging, e.g. Aluminum tubes take place.
Beispiel 8: Verwendung C16-Microbead in einer schützenden Tagescreme - Typ O/W WS 1 %:Example 8: Use C16 Microbead in a Protective Day Cream - Type O / W WS 1%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
1 ,7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol1, 7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
0,7 Ceteareth-250.7 Ceteareth-25
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
2,0 PEG-14 Dimethicone2.0 PEG-14 Dimethicone
3,6 Cetearyl Alcohol3.6 Cetearyl Alcohol
6,0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate6.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Dibutyl Adipate B 5,0 Glycerin2.0 dibutyl adipate B 5.0 glycerin
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
1 ,0 Panthenol1, 0 panthenol
1 ,0 C16-Microbead q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 C16 microbead q.s. preservative
68,6 Aqua dem.68.6 Aqua the.
C 4,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylates CopolymerC 4.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylate Copolymer
D 1 ,0 Sodium Ascorbyl PhosphateD 1, 0 Sodium ascorbyl phosphates
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
E q.s. Sodium HydroxideE q.s. Sodium hydroxides
WS 5%:WS 5%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 1 ,7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 1, 7 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
0,7 Ceteareth-250.7 Ceteareth-25
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
2,0 PEG-14 Dimethicone2.0 PEG-14 Dimethicone
3,6 Cetearyl Alcohol3.6 Cetearyl Alcohol
6,0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate6.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Dibutyl Adipate2.0 dibutyl adipate
B 5,0 GlycerinB 5.0 glycerin
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
1 ,0 Panthenol1, 0 panthenol
5,0 C16-Microbead q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.0 C16 microbead q.s. preservative
64,6 Aqua dem.64.6 Aqua the.
C 4,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylates CopolymerC 4.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylate Copolymer
D 1 ,0 Sodium Ascorbyl PhosphateD 1, 0 Sodium ascorbyl phosphates
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
E q.s. Sodium HydroxideE q.s. Sodium hydroxides
Herstellung: Die Phasen A und B getrennt voneinander auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren und homogenisieren. Phase C in die kombinierten Phasen A und B einarbeiten und homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf ca. 400C abkühlen. Phase D hinzugeben, den pH- Wert mit Phase E auf ca. 6.5 einstellen und homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf Raumtemperatur abkühlen.Preparation: Heat phases A and B separately from each other to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Incorporate phase C into the combined phases A and B and homogenize. Cool to about 40 ° C. while stirring. Add phase D, adjust the pH to about 6.5 with phase E and homogenize. Cool to room temperature while stirring.
Beispiel 9: Verwendung C16-Microbead in einer Gesichtsreinigungslotion - Typ O/W WS 1 %:Example 9: Use of C16 microbead in a facial cleansing lotion - Type O / W WS 1%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 10,0 Cetearyl EthylhexanoateA 10.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
10,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride 1 ,5 Cyclopentasiloxane, Cyclohexasilosane10.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides 1, 5 Cyclopentasiloxanes, Cyclohexasilosans
2,0 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI2.0 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
B 3,5 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylates Copolymer C 1 ,0 Tocopheryl AcetateB3.5 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides, Sodium Acrylates Copolymer C 1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol q.s. Konservierungsmittel q.s. Parfümöl0.2 bisabolol q.s. Preservatives q.s. perfume oil
D 3,0 Polyquaternium-44D 3.0 polyquaternium-44
0,5 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate0.5 cocotrimonium methosulfates
0,5 Ceteareth-250.5 ceteareth-25
2,0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol2.0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol
4,0 Propylene Glycol4.0 Propylene Glycol
0,1 Disodium EDTA0.1% disodium EDTA
1 ,0 C16-Microbead1, 0 C16 microbead
60,7 Aqua dem.60.7 Aqua.
WS ! 5%:WS! 5%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 10,0 Cetearyl EthylhexanoateA 10.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
10,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride10.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides
1 ,5 Cyclopentasiloxane, Cyclohexasilosane1, 5 cyclopentasiloxanes, cyclohexasilosans
2,0 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI2.0 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
B 3,5 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride, Sodium Acrylates CopolymerB3.5 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides, Sodium Acrylates Copolymer
C 1 ,0 Tocopheryl AcetateC 1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol q.s. Konservierungsmittel q.s. Parfümöl0.2 bisabolol q.s. Preservatives q.s. perfume oil
D 3,0 Polyquaternium-44D 3.0 polyquaternium-44
0,5 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate0.5 cocotrimonium methosulfates
0,5 Ceteareth-250.5 ceteareth-25
2,0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol2.0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol
4,0 Propylene Glycol4.0 Propylene Glycol
0,1 Disodium EDTA0.1% disodium EDTA
5,0 C16-Microbead5.0 C16 microbead
56,7 Aqua dem.56.7 Aqua the.
Herstellung: Phase A lösen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren, Phase C in die kombinierten Pha- sen A und B einarbeiten. Phase D lösen, in die kombinierten Phasen A, B und C einrühren und homogenisieren. 15min nachrühren. Preparation: Release phase A. Stir phase B into phase A, incorporate phase C into combined phases A and B. Dissolve phase D, stir into the combined phases A, B and C and homogenize. Stir for 15 minutes.
Beispiel 10: Verwendung C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin in einem Daily Care Body SprayExample 10: Use C16 microbead canthaxanthin in a Daily Care Body Spray
WS 1 %:WS 1%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 3,0 Ethylhexyl MethoxycinnamateA 3.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
1 ,0 Polyquaternium-441, 0 Polyquaternium-44
3,0 Propylene Glycol3.0 Propylene Glycol
2,0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol2.0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol
1 ,0 Cyclopentasiloxane, Cyclohexasiloxane1, 0 cyclopentasiloxanes, cyclohexasiloxanes
10,0 Octyldodecanol10.0 octyldodecanol
0,5 PVP0.5 PVP
10,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride10.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides
3,0 C12-15 Alkyl Benzoate3.0 C12-15 alkyl benzoates
3,0 Glycerin3.0 glycerin
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,3 Bisabolol0.3 bisabolol
1 ,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin1, 0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
59,2 Alcohol59.2 Alcohol
WS 5%:WS 5%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 3,0 Ethylhexyl MethoxycinnamateA 3.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
1 ,0 Polyquaternium-441, 0 Polyquaternium-44
3,0 Propylene Glycol3.0 Propylene Glycol
2,0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol2.0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol
1 ,0 Cyclopentasiloxane, Cyclohexasiloxane1, 0 cyclopentasiloxanes, cyclohexasiloxanes
10,0 Octyldodecanol10.0 octyldodecanol
0,5 PVP0.5 PVP
10,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride10.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides
3,0 C 12-15 Alkyl Benzoate3.0 C 12-15 alkyl benzoates
3,0 Glycerin3.0 glycerin
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,3 Bisabolol0.3 bisabolol
5,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin5.0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
55,2 Alcohol55.2 Alcohol
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A einwiegen und klar lösen.Preparation: Weigh in the components of phase A and dissolve clearly.
Beispiel 11 : Verwendung C16-Microbead in einem Hautpflegegel WS 1 %:Example 11: Use of C16 Microbead in a Skin Care Gel WS 1%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 3,6 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI 15,0 AlcoholA 3.6 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI 15.0 Alcohol
0,1 Bisabolol 0,5 Tocopheryl Acetate q.s. Parfümöl0.1 bisabolol 0.5 tocopheryl acetate qs perfume oil
B 3,0 PanthenolB 3.0 Panthenol
0,6 Carbomer0.6 carbomer
1 ,0 C16-Microbead1, 0 C16 microbead
75,4 Aqua dem,75.4 Aqua,
C 0,8 TriethanolamineC 0.8 triethanolamine
WS 5%:WS 5%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 3,6 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiIA 3.6 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
15,0 Alcohol15.0 Alcohol
0,1 Bisabolol0.1 bisabolol
0,5 Tocopheryl Acetate q.s. Parfümöl0.5 tocopheryl acetate q.s. perfume oil
B 3,0 PanthenolB 3.0 Panthenol
0,6 Carbomer0.6 carbomer
5,0 C16-Microbead5.0 C16 microbead
71 ,4 Aqua dem,71, 4 Aqua,
C 0,8 TriethanolamineC 0.8 triethanolamine
Herstellung: Die Phase A klar lösen. Phase B quellen lassen und mit Phase C neutralisieren.Preparation: Clear phase A clearly. Swell phase B and neutralize with phase C.
Phase A in die homogenisierte Phase B einrühren und homogenisieren.Stir phase A into the homogenized phase B and homogenize.
Beispiel 12: Verwendung C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin in einer After Shave LotionExample 12: Use of C16 microbead canthaxanthin in an aftershave lotion
WS 1 %:WS 1%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 10,0 Cetearyl EthylhexanoateA 10.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
5,0 Tocopheryl Acetate 1 ,0 Bisabolol5.0 tocopheryl acetate 1, 0 bisabolol
0,1 Parfümöl0.1 perfume oil
0,3 Acrylates/C 10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer0.3 Acrylates / C 10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer
B 15,0 AlcoholB 15.0 Alcohol
1 ,0 Panthenol 3,0 Glycerin1, 0 Panthenol 3.0 Glycerin
1 ,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin1, 0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
0,1 Triethanolamine0.1 triethanolamine
63,5 Aqua dem.63.5 Aqua the.
WS 5%:WS 5%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 10,0 Cetearyl EthylhexanoateA 10.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
5,0 Tocopheryl Acetate5.0 tocopheryl acetates
1 ,0 Bisabolol 0,1 Parfümöl1, 0 bisabolol 0.1 perfume oil
0,3 Acrylates/C 10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer0.3 Acrylates / C 10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer
B 15,0 Alcohol 1 ,0 PanthenolB 15.0 Alcohol 1, 0 panthenol
3,0 Glycerin3.0 glycerin
5,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin5.0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
0,1 Triethanolamine0.1 triethanolamine
59,5 Aqua dem.59.5 Aqua the.
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Phase B lösen, in Phase A einarbeiten und homogenisieren.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Dissolve phase B, work in phase A and homogenize.
Beispiel 13: Verwendung C16-Microbead in einer After Sun Lotion WS 1 %:Example 13: Use C16 Microbead in an After Sun Lotion WS 1%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
0,4 Acrylates/C 10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer0.4 Acrylates / C 10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer
15,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate15.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoates
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate q.s. Parfümöl1, 0 tocopheryl acetate q.s. perfume oil
B 1 ,0 PanthenolB 1, 0 panthenol
15,0 Alcohol15.0 Alcohol
3,0 Glycerin3.0 glycerin
1 ,0 C16-Microbead1, 0 C16 microbead
63,2 Aqua dem,63.2 Aqua,
0,2 Triethanolamine0.2 triethanolamine
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
0,4 Acrylates/C 10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer0.4 Acrylates / C 10-30 Alkyl Acrylate Crosspolymer
15,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate15.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoates
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate q.s. Parfümöl1, 0 tocopheryl acetate q.s. perfume oil
B 1 ,0 PanthenolB 1, 0 panthenol
15,0 Alcohol15.0 Alcohol
3,0 Glycerin3.0 glycerin
5,0 C16-Microbead5.0 C16 microbead
59,2 Aqua dem,59.2 Aqua,
0.2 Triethanolamine0.2 triethanolamine
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Phase B unter Homogenisieren in Phase A einrühren. Mit Phase C neutralisieren und erneut homogenisieren.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Stir phase B into phase A while homogenizing. Neutralize with Phase C and homogenize again.
Beispiel 14: Verwendung C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin in einer Sonnenschutzlotion WS 1 %:Example 14: Use of C16 microbead canthaxanthin in a sunscreen lotion WS 1%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 4,5 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate% Ingredient (INCI) A 4,5 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate 3,0 Octocrylene 2,5 Di-C12-13 Alkyl Malate2.0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate 3.0 Octocrylene 2.5 di-C12-13 alkyl malates
0,5 Tocopheryl Acetate0.5 tocopheryl acetate
4,0 Polyglyceryl-3 Methyl Glucose Distearate4.0 polyglyceryl-3 methyl glucose distearate
B 3,5 Cetearyl IsononanoateB 3,5 Cetearyl isononanoate
1 ,0 VP/Eicosene Copolymer1, 0 VP / eicosene copolymer
5,0 Isohexadecane5.0 isohexadecane
2,5 Di-C12-13 Alkyl Malate2.5 di-C12-13 alkyl malates
3,0 Titanium Dioxide, Trimethoxycaprylylsilane3.0 Titanium dioxides, trimethoxycaprylylsilanes
C 5,0 Glycerin 1 1 ,,00 Sodium Cetearyl SulfateC 5.0 Glycerin 1 1 ,, 00 Sodium Cetearyl Sulfate
0,5 Xanthan Gum0.5 xanthan gum
1 ,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin1, 0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
59,7 Aqua dem.59.7 Aqua the.
D 1 ,0 Phenoxyethanol, Methylparaben, Ethylparaben, Butylparaben, Propyl- paraben, IsobutylparabenD 1, 0 phenoxyethanol, methylparaben, ethylparaben, butylparaben, propylparaben, isobutylparaben
0,3 Bisabolol0.3 bisabolol
WS 5%:WS 5%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 4,5 Ethylhexyl MethoxycinnamateA 4,5 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
3,0 Octocrylene3.0 octocrylene
2,5 Di-C12-13 Alkyl Malate2.5 di-C12-13 alkyl malates
0,5 Tocopheryl Acetate0.5 tocopheryl acetate
4,0 Polyglyceryl-3 Methyl Glucose Distearate4.0 polyglyceryl-3 methyl glucose distearate
B 3,5 Cetearyl IsononanoateB 3,5 Cetearyl isononanoate
1 ,0 VP/Eicosene Copolymer1, 0 VP / eicosene copolymer
5,0 Isohexadecane5.0 isohexadecane
2,5 Di-C12-13 Alkyl Malate2.5 di-C12-13 alkyl malates
3,0 Titanium Dioxide, Trimethoxycaprylylsilane3.0 Titanium dioxides, trimethoxycaprylylsilanes
C 5,0 GlycerinC 5.0 glycerin
1 ,0 Sodium Cetearyl Sulfate1, 0 Sodium Cetearyl Sulfate
0,5 Xanthan Gum0.5 xanthan gum
5,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin5.0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
55,7 Aqua dem.55.7 Aqua.
D 1 ,0 Phenoxyethanol, Methylparaben, Ethylparaben, Butylparaben, Propyl- paraben, IsobutylparabenD 1, 0 phenoxyethanol, methylparaben, ethylparaben, butylparaben, propylparaben, isobutylparaben
0.3 Bisabolol0.3 bisabolol
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phasen A und B getrennt voneinander auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren und homogenisieren. Phase C auf ca. 800C erwärmen und unter Homogenisieren in die kombinierten Phasen A und B einrühren. Unter Rühren auf ca. 400C abkühlen, Phase D zugeben und nochmals homogenisieren.Preparation: Heat the components of phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Heat phase C to about 80 ° C. and stir into the combined phases A and B while homogenizing. Cool with stirring to about 40 0 C, add phase D and homogenize again.
Beispiel 15: Verwendung C16-Microbead in einer Sonnenschutzlotion - Typ O/W WS 1 %: % Inhaltsstoff (INCI)Example 15: Use of C16 Microbead in a Sunscreen Lotion - Type O / W WS 1%: % Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
2,0 Ceteareth-252.0 Ceteareth-25
3,0 Tribehenin3.0 tribehenin
2,0 Cetearyl Alcohol2.0 Cetearyl Alcohol
2,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate2.0 cetearyl ethylhexanoate
5,0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate5.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
1 ,0 Ethylhexyl Triazone1, 0 ethylhexyl triazone
1 ,0 VP/Eicosene Copolymer1, 0 VP / eicosene copolymer
7,0 Isopropyl Myristate7.0 isopropyl myristate
B 5,0 Zinc Oxide, TriethoxycaprylylsilaneB 5.0 Zinc oxides, triethoxycaprylylsilanes
C 0,2 Xanthan GumC 0.2 xanthan gum
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Acrylate/Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer,0.5 hydroxyethyl acrylate / sodium acryloyl dimethyl taurate copolymer,
Squalane, Polysorbate 60Squalane, polysorbate 60
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
5,0 Propylene Glycol5.0 Propylene Glycol
0,5 Panthenol0.5 panthenol
1 ,0 C16-Microbead1, 0 C16 microbead
60,9 Aqua dem.60,9 Aqua the.
D 0,5 Phenoxyethanol, Methylparaben, Butylparaben, Ethylparaben, Propylpa- raben, IsopropylparabenD 0.5 phenoxyethanol, methylparaben, butylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben, isopropylparaben
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
WS ! 5%:WS! 5%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
2,0 Ceteareth-252.0 Ceteareth-25
3,0 Tribehenin3.0 tribehenin
2,0 Cetearyl Alcohol2.0 Cetearyl Alcohol
2,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate2.0 cetearyl ethylhexanoate
5,0 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate5.0 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
1 ,0 Ethylhexyl Triazone1, 0 ethylhexyl triazone
1 ,0 VP/Eicosene Copolymer1, 0 VP / eicosene copolymer
7,0 Isopropyl Myristate7.0 isopropyl myristate
B 5,0 Zinc Oxide, TriethoxycaprylylsilaneB 5.0 Zinc oxides, triethoxycaprylylsilanes
C 0,2 Xanthan GumC 0.2 xanthan gum
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Acrylate/Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer,0.5 hydroxyethyl acrylate / sodium acryloyl dimethyl taurate copolymer,
Squalane, Polysorbate 60Squalane, polysorbate 60
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
5,0 Propylene Glycol5.0 Propylene Glycol
0,5 Panthenol0.5 panthenol
5,0 C16-Microbead5.0 C16 microbead
56,9 Aqua dem.56.9 Aqua the.
D 0,5 Phenoxyethanol, Methylparaben, Butylparaben, Ethylparaben, Propylpa- raben, Isopropylparaben 1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate 0,2 BisabololD 0.5 phenoxyethanol, methylparaben, butylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben, isopropylparaben 1, 0 tocopheryl acetate 0.2 bisabolol
Herstellung: Phase A auf ca. 800C erwärmen, Phase B einrühren und 3min homogenisieren. Phase C ebenfalls auf 800C erwärmen und unter Homogenisieren in die kombinierten Phasen A und B einrühren. Abkühlen auf ca. 40°C, Phase D einrühren und nochmals homogenisieren.Preparation: Heat phase A to approx. 80 ° C., stir in phase B and homogenize for 3 minutes. Also heat phase C to 80 ° C. and stir into the combined phases A and B while homogenizing. Cool to about 40 ° C, stir in phase D and homogenize again.
Beispiel 16: Verwendung C16-Microbead in einer Sonnenschutlotion - Typ O/WExample 16: Use of C16 Microbead in a Sunscreen Lotion - Type O / W
WS 1 %:WS 1%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 3,5 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 3,5 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
1 ,5 Ceteareth-251, 5 Ceteareth-25
7,5 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate7.5 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
2,0 Cyclopentasiloxane, Cyclohexasiloxane2.0 cyclopentasiloxanes, cyclohexasiloxanes
0,5 Bees Wax0.5 Bees Wax
3,0 Cetearyl Alcohol3.0 Cetearyl Alcohol
10,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride10.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides
B 5,0 Titanium Dioxide, Silica, Methicone, AluminaB 5.0 Titanium Dioxide, Silica, Methicone, Alumina
C 3,0 GlycerinC 3.0 glycerin
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
0,3 Xanthan Gum0.3 xanthan gum
1 ,0 Decyl Glucoside1, 0 decyl glucosides
2,0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol2.0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol
1 ,0 C16-Microbead1, 0 C16 microbead
56,3 Aqua dem.56.3 Aqua the.
D 1 ,0 Tocopheryl AcetateD 1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.2 bisabolol q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 3,5 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 3,5 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
1 ,5 Ceteareth-251, 5 Ceteareth-25
7,5 Ethylhexyl Methoxycinnamate7.5 ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate
2,0 Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.0 diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate
2,0 Cyclopentasiloxane, Cyclohexasiloxane2.0 cyclopentasiloxanes, cyclohexasiloxanes
0,5 Bees Wax0.5 Bees Wax
3,0 Cetearyl Alcohol3.0 Cetearyl Alcohol
10,0 Caprylic/Capric Triglyceride10.0 Caprylic / Capric Triglycerides
B 5,0 Titanium Dioxide, Silica, Methicone, AluminaB 5.0 Titanium Dioxide, Silica, Methicone, Alumina
C 3,0 GlycerinC 3.0 glycerin
0,2 Disodium EDTA0.2% disodium EDTA
0.3 Xanthan Gum 1 ,0 Decyl Glucoside0.3 xanthan gum 1, 0 decyl glucosides
2,0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol2.0 Panthenol, Propylene Glycol
5,0 C16-Microbead5.0 C16 microbead
52,3 Aqua dem.52.3 Aqua the.
D 1 ,0 Tocopheryl AcetateD 1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
0,2 Bisabolol q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.2 bisabolol q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
Herstellung: Phase A auf ca. 800C erwärmen, Phase B einrühren und 3min homogenisieren.Preparation: Heat phase A to approx. 80 ° C., stir in phase B and homogenize for 3 minutes.
Phase C ebenfalls auf 800C erwärmen und unter Homogenisieren in die kombinierten Phasen A und B einrühren. Abkühlen auf ca. 40°C, Phase D einrühren und nochmals homogenisieren.Also heat phase C to 80 ° C. and stir into the combined phases A and B while homogenizing. Cool to about 40 ° C, stir in phase D and homogenize again.
Beispiel 17: Verwendung C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin in einem FußbalsamExample 17: Use of C16 microbead canthaxanthin in a foot balm
WS 1 %:WS 1%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
2,0 Ceteareth-252.0 Ceteareth-25
5,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate5.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
4,0 Cetyl Alcohol4.0 Cetyl Alcohol
4,0 Glyceryl Stearate4.0 glyceryl stearate
5,0 Mineral OiI5.0 mineral oil
0,2 Menthol0.2 menthol
0,5 Camphor0.5 camphor
B 69,3 Aqua dem.B 69.3 Aqua the.
1 ,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin q.s. preservative
C 1 ,0 BisabololC 1, 0 bisabolol
1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate1, 0 tocopheryl acetate
D 5,0 Witch Hazel ExtractD 5.0 Witch Hazel Extract
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
2,0 Ceteareth-252.0 Ceteareth-25
5,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate5.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
4,0 Cetyl Alcohol4.0 Cetyl Alcohol
4,0 Glyceryl Stearate4.0 glyceryl stearate
5,0 Mineral OiI5.0 mineral oil
0,2 Menthol0.2 menthol
0,5 Camphor0.5 camphor
B 65,3 Aqua dem.B 65,3 Aqua the.
5,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin q.s. preservative
C 1.0 Bisabolol 1 ,0 Tocopheryl Acetate D 5,0 Witch Hazel ExtractC 1.0 bisabolol 1, 0 Tocopheryl Acetate D 5.0 Witch Hazel Extract
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phasen A und B getrennt voneinander auf ca. 800C erwär- men. Phase B in Phase A unter Homogenisieren einrühren. Unter Rühren abkühlen auf ca.Preparation: The components of the phases A and B separately to approx men 80 0 C heat up. Stir phase B into phase A while homogenizing. Cool with stirring to approx.
400C, die Phasen C und D hinzugeben und kurz nachhomogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf Raumtemperatur abkühlen.40 0 C, add the phases C and D and posthumogenise shortly. Cool to room temperature while stirring.
Beispiel 18: Verwendung C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin in einer W/O Emulsion mit BisabololExample 18: Use of C16 microbead canthaxanthin in a W / O emulsion with bisabolol
WS 1 %:WS 1%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 6,0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiIA 6.0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
8,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate8.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoates
5,0 Isopropyl Myristate5.0 isopropyl myristate
15,0 Mineral OiI15.0 mineral oil
0,3 Magnesium Stearate0.3 mg stearate
0,3 Aluminum Stearate0.3 Aluminum Stearate
2,0 PEG-45/Dodecyl Glycol Copolymer2.0 PEG-45 / dodecyl glycol copolymer
B 5,0 GlycerinB 5.0 glycerin
0,7 Magnesium Sulfate0.7 magnesium sulphates
1 ,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin1, 0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
55,6 Aqua dem.55.6 Aqua the.
C 0,5 Tocopheryl AcetateC 0.5 tocopheryl acetate
0,6 Bisabolol0.6 bisabolol
WS 5%:WS 5%:
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 6,0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiIA 6.0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
8,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate8.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoates
5,0 Isopropyl Myristate5.0 isopropyl myristate
15,0 Mineral OiI15.0 mineral oil
0,3 Magnesium Stearate0.3 mg stearate
0,3 Aluminum Stearate0.3 Aluminum Stearate
2,0 PEG-45/Dodecyl Glycol Copolymer2.0 PEG-45 / dodecyl glycol copolymer
B 5,0 GlycerinB 5.0 glycerin
0,7 Magnesium Sulfate0.7 magnesium sulphates
51 ,6 Aqua dem.51, 6 Aqua the.
5,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin5.0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
C 0,5 Tocopheryl AcetateC 0.5 tocopheryl acetate
Herstellung: Die Phasen A und B getrennt voneinander auf ca. 85°C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren und homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf ca. 400C abkühlen, Phase C hinzugeben und nochmals kurz homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf Raumtemperatur abkühlen.Preparation: Heat phases A and B separately from each other to approx. 85 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Cool with stirring to about 40 0 C, add phase C and briefly homogenize again. Cool to room temperature while stirring.
Beispiel 19: Schaumconditioner mit Festiger WS 1 %Example 19: Foam Conditioner with Fixer WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 10,0 PVP/VA CopolymerA 10.0 PVP / VA copolymer
0,2 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate0.2 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol q.s. Parfümöl0.5 Dimethicone Copolyol q.s. perfume oil
10,0 Alcohol10.0 Alcohol
1 ,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin1, 0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
68,1 Aqua dem.68.1 Aqua.
10,0 Propane/Butane10.0 propane / butane
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 10,0 PVP/VA CopolymerA 10.0 PVP / VA copolymer
0,2 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate0.2 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol q.s. Parfümöl0.5 Dimethicone Copolyol q.s. perfume oil
10,0 Alcohol10.0 Alcohol
5,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin5.0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
64,1 Aqua dem.64.1 Aqua.
10,0 Propane/Butane10.0 propane / butane
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A zusammenwiegen, rühren bis alles gelöst ist und abfüllen.Preparation: Weigh the components of phase A together, stir until everything is dissolved and bottled.
Beispiel 20: SchaumconditionerExample 20: Foam conditioner
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 1 ,0 Polyquaternium-4A 1, 0 Polyquaternium-4
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate0.5 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates
1 ,0 C16-Microbead q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 C16 microbead q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
91 ,5 Aqua dem.91, 5 Aqua the.
6,0 Propane/Butane6.0 propanes / butanes
WS 5% % Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A 1 ,0 Polyquaternium-4WS 5%% Ingredient (INCI) A 1, 0 Polyquaternium-4
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate0.5 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates
5,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
87,5 Aqua dem.87.5 Aqua the.
6,0 Propane/Butane6.0 propanes / butanes
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A zusammenwiegen, rühren bis alles klar gelöst ist und abfüllen.Production: Weigh the components of phase A together, stir until everything is clearly dissolved and bottled.
Beispiel 21 : SchaumconditionerExample 21: Foam conditioner
WS 1 % % Inhaltsstoff (INCI)WS 1%% ingredient (INCI)
A 1 ,0 Polyquaternium-11A 1, 0 Polyquaternium-11
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate0.5 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates
1 ,0 C16-Microbead q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 C16 microbead q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
91 ,5 Aqua dem.91, 5 Aqua the.
6,0 Propane/Butane6.0 propanes / butanes
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 1 ,0 Polyquaternium-11A 1, 0 Polyquaternium-11
0,5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate 5,0 C16-Microbead q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel 87,5 Aqua dem.0.5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate 5.0 C16 Microbead q.s. Perfume oil q.s. Preservative 87.5 Aqua dem.
6,0 Propane/Butane6.0 propanes / butanes
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A zusammenwiegen, rühren bis alles klar gelöst ist und abfüllen.Production: Weigh the components of phase A together, stir until everything is clearly dissolved and bottled.
Beispiel 22: Styling SchaumExample 22: Styling foam
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 0,5 Laureth-4 q.s. Parfümöl B 77,3 Aqua dem.A 0.5 Laureth-4 qs perfume oil B 77.3 Aqua the.
10,0 Polyquaternium-2810.0 polyquaternium-28
1 ,0 C16-Microbead1, 0 C16 microbead
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol0.5 dimethicone copolyol
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,2 Panthenol0.2 panthenol
0,1 PEG-25 PABA0.1 PEG-25 PABA
0,2 Hyd roxyethy I cel I u lose0.2 hydoxyethylene I cel I loose
10,0 HFC 152 A10.0 HFC 152A
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 0,5 Laureth-4 q.s. ParfümölA 0.5 Laureth-4 q.s. perfume oil
B 73,3 Aqua dem.B 73,3 Aqua the.
10,0 Polyquaternium-2810.0 polyquaternium-28
5,0 C16-Microbead5.0 C16 microbead
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol0.5 dimethicone copolyol
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,2 Panthenol0.2 panthenol
0,1 PEG-25 PABA0.1 PEG-25 PABA
0,2 Hyd roxyethy I cel I u lose0.2 hydoxyethylene I cel I loose
C 10,0 HFC 152 AC 10.0 HFC 152 A
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Die Komponenten der Phase B eine nach der anderen zugeben und lösen. Mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Fill with phase C.
Beispiel 23: Styling SchaumExample 23: Styling foam
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2 ,0 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q- S. ParfümölA 2, 0 cocotrimonium methosulfate q- S. perfume oil
B 78 ,5 Aqua dem.B 78, 5 Aqua the.
6 ,7 Acrylates Copolymer6, 7 acrylates copolymer
0 ,6 AMP0, 6 AMP
1 ,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin1, 0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
0 ,5 Dimethicone Copolyol0, 5 dimethicone copolyol
0 ,2 Ceteareth-250, 2 Ceteareth-25
0 ,2 Panthenol0, 2 panthenol
0 .1 PEG-25 PABA 0,2 Hydroxyethylcellulose0 .1 PEG-25 PABA 0.2 hydroxyethylcellulose
C 10,0 HFC 152 AC 10.0 HFC 152 A
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
2,0 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. Parfümöl2.0 cocotrimony methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 74,5 Aqua dem.B 74.5 Aqua the.
6,7 Acrylates Copolymer6,7 acrylates copolymer
0,6 AMP0.6 AMP
5,0 Ciδ-Microbead-Canthaxanthin5.0 Ciδ microbead canthaxanthin
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol0.5 dimethicone copolyol
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,2 Panthenol0.2 panthenol
0,1 PEG-25 PABA0.1 PEG-25 PABA
0,2 Hyd roxyethy I cel I u lose0.2 hydoxyethylene I cel I loose
10.0 HFC 152 A10.0 HFC 152 A
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Die Komponenten der Phase B eine nach der anderen zugeben und lösen. Mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Fill with phase C.
Beispiel 24: Styling SchaumExample 24: Styling foam
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. ParfümölA 2.0 cocotrimony methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 7,70 Polyquaternium-44 1 ,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin q.s. Konservierungsmittel 79,3 Aqua dem.B 7.70 Polyquaternium 44 1, 0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin q.s. Preservative 79.3 Aqua dem.
C 10,0 Propane/ButaneC 10.0 propane / butane
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. Parfümöl B 7,70 Polyquaternium-44A 2,0 cocotrimonium methosulfate qs perfume oil B 7.70 Polyquaternium-44
5,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin q.s. preservative
75,3 Aqua dem.75.3 Aqua the.
C 10,0 Propane/ButaneC 10.0 propane / butane
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Die Komponenten der Phase B klar lösen, dann Phase B in Phase A einrühren. Den pH-Wert auf 6-7 einstellen, mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Clear the components of phase B, then stir phase B into phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
Beispiel 25: Styling SchaumExample 25: Styling foam
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,00 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. ParfümölA 2.00 cocotrimonium methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 72,32 Aqua dem. 2,00 VP/Acrylates/Lauryl Methacrylate CopolymerB 72,32 Aqua the. 2.00 VP / Acrylates / Lauryl Methacrylate Copolymer
0,53 AMP0.53 AMP
1 ,00 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin1.00 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
0,20 Ceteareth-250.20 Ceteareth-25
0,50 Panthenol 0,05 Benzophenone-40.50 panthenol 0.05 benzophenone-4
0,20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-120.20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-12
15,00 Alcohol15.00 Alcohol
C 0,20 HydroxyethylcelluloseC 0.20 hydroxyethylcellulose
D 6,00 Propane/ButaneD 6,00 Propane / Butane
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,00 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. ParfümölA 2.00 cocotrimonium methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 68,32 Aqua dem. 2,00 VP/Acrylates/Lauryl Methacrylate CopolymerB 68,32 Aqua the. 2.00 VP / Acrylates / Lauryl Methacrylate Copolymer
0,53 AMP0.53 AMP
5,00 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin5.00 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
0,20 Ceteareth-250.20 Ceteareth-25
0,50 Panthenol 0,05 Benzophenone-40.50 panthenol 0.05 benzophenone-4
0,20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-12 15,00 Alcohol0.20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-12 15.00 Alcohol
C 0,20 HydroxyethylcelluloseC 0.20 hydroxyethylcellulose
D 6,00 Propane/ButaneD 6,00 Propane / Butane
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Die Komponenten der Phase B eine nach der anderen zugeben und lösen. Phase C in der Mischung aus A und B lösen, dann den pH- Wert auf 6-7 einstellen. Mit Phase D abfüllenPreparation: Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Dissolve phase C in the mixture of A and B, then adjust the pH to 6-7. Fill with phase D.
Beispiel 26: Styling SchaumExample 26: Styling foam
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,00 Cetrimonium Chloride q.s. ParfümölA 2.00 Cetrimonium Chloride q.s. perfume oil
B 67,85 Aqua dem.B 67,85 Aqua the.
7,00 Polyquaternium-467.00 Polyquaternium-46
1 ,00 C16-Microbead1, 00 C16 microbead
0,20 Ceteareth-250.20 Ceteareth-25
0,50 Panthenol0.50 panthenol
0,05 Benzophenone-40.05 benzophenone-4
0,20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-120.20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-12
15,00 Alcohol15.00 Alcohol
C 0,20 HydroxyethylcelluloseC 0.20 hydroxyethylcellulose
D 6,00 Propane/ButaneD 6,00 Propane / Butane
WS 5% o %, Inhaltsstoff (INCI)WS 5% o%, Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,00 Cetrimonium Chloride q.s. ParfümölA 2.00 Cetrimonium Chloride q.s. perfume oil
B 63,85 Aqua dem.B 63,85 Aqua the.
7,00 Polyquaternium-46 5,00 C16-Microbead7.00 Polyquaternium-46 5.00 C16 microbead
0,20 Ceteareth-250.20 Ceteareth-25
0,50 Panthenol0.50 panthenol
0,05 Benzophenone-40.05 benzophenone-4
0,20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-12 15,00 Alcohol C 0,20 Hydroxyethylcellulose0.20 Amodimethicone, Cetrimonium Chloride, Trideceth-12 15.00 Alcohol C 0.20 hydroxyethylcellulose
D 6,00 Propane/ButaneD 6,00 Propane / Butane
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Die Komponenten der Phase B eine nach der anderen zugeben und lösen. Phase C in der Mischung aus A und B lösen, dann den pH- Wert auf 6-7 einstellen. Mit Phase D abfüllen.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Dissolve phase C in the mixture of A and B, then adjust the pH to 6-7. Fill with phase D.
Beispiel 27: Styling SchaumExample 27: Styling Foam
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor q.s. ParfümölA q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor q.s. perfume oil
85,5 Aqua dem.85.5 Aqua dem.
B 7,0 Sodium Polystyrene SulfonateB 7.0 Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate
1 ,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin1, 0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
0,5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. preservative
C 6,0 Propane/ButaneC 6.0 propane / butane
Styling SchaumStyling foam
WS 5% o %. Inhaltsstoff (INCI)WS 5% o%. Ingredient (INCI)
A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. Parfümöl 81 ,5 Aqua dem.A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. Perfume oil 81, 5 Aqua dem.
B 7,0 Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate 5,0 C16-Microbead-CanthaxanthinB 7.0 Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate 5.0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
0,5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. preservative
C 6,0 Propane/ButaneC 6.0 propane / butane
Herstellung: Phase A solubilisieren. Phase B in Phase A einwiegen und klar lösen. Den pH- Wert auf 6-7 einstellen, mit Phase C abfüllen. Beispiel 28: Styling SchaumPreparation: Solubilize phase A. Weigh phase B into phase A and solve it clearly. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C. Example 28: Styling foam
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI) A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. Parfümöl% Ingredient (INCI) A qs PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI qs perfume oil
92,0 Aqua dem.92.0 Aqua the.
B 0,5 Polyquaternium-10B 0.5 polyquaternium-10
1 ,0 C16-Microbead1, 0 C16 microbead
0,5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. preservative
C 6,0 Propane/ButaneC 6.0 propane / butane
WS 5% o %. Inhaltsstoff (INCI)WS 5% o%. Ingredient (INCI)
A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. ParfümölA q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. perfume oil
88,0 Aqua dem.88.0 Aqua the.
B 0,5 Polyquaternium-10 5,0 C16-MicrobeadB 0.5 Polyquaternium-10 5.0 C16 microbead
0,5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. Konservierungsmittel0.5 Cetrimonium Bromide q.s. preservative
C 6,0 Propane/ButaneC 6.0 propane / butane
Herstellung: Phase A solubilisieren. Phase B in Phase A einwiegen und klar lösen. Den pH- Wert auf 6-7 einstellen, mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Solubilize phase A. Weigh phase B into phase A and solve it clearly. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
Beispiel 29: Styling SchaumExample 29: Styling foam
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. ParfümölA q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. perfume oil
82,5 Aqua dem.82.5 Aqua the.
B 10,0 Polyquaternium-16B 10.0 Polyquaternium-16
1 ,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin 0,5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin 0.5 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates q.s. preservative
C 6,0 Propane/Butane WS 5%C 6.0 propane / butane WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. ParfümölA q.s. PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI q.s. perfume oil
78,5 Aqua dem.78.5 Aqua the.
B 10,0 Polyquaternium-16B 10.0 Polyquaternium-16
5,0 Ciδ-Microbead-Canthaxanthin 0,5 Hydroxyethyl Cetyldimonium Phosphate q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.0 Ciδ microbead canthaxanthin 0.5 hydroxyethyl cetyldimonium phosphates q.s. preservative
C 6,0 Propane/ButaneC 6.0 propane / butane
Herstellung: Phase A solubilisieren. Phase B in Phase A einwiegen und klar lösen. Den pH- Wert auf 6-7 einstellen, mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Solubilize phase A. Weigh phase B into phase A and solve it clearly. Adjust the pH to 6-7, fill with phase C.
Beispiel 30: Styling SchaumExample 30: Styling foam
WS 1 % o %. Inhaltsstoff (INCI)WS 1% o%. Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. ParfümölA 2.0 cocotrimony methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 84,0 Aqua dem.B 84.0 Aqua dem.
2,0 Chitosan2.0 Chitosan
1 ,0 C16-Microbead1, 0 C16 microbead
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol 0,2 Ceteareth-250.5 dimethicone copolyol 0.2 ceteareth-25
0,2 Panthenol0.2 panthenol
0,1 PEG-25 PABA0.1 PEG-25 PABA
C 10,0 HFC 152 AC 10.0 HFC 152 A
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Cocotrimonium Methosulfate q.s. ParfümölA 2.0 cocotrimony methosulfate q.s. perfume oil
B 80,0 Aqua dem. 2,0 ChitosanB 80.0 Aqua dem. 2.0 Chitosan
5,0 C16-Microbead5.0 C16 microbead
0,5 Dimethicone Copolyol0.5 dimethicone copolyol
0,2 Ceteareth-250.2 Ceteareth-25
0,2 Panthenol0.2 panthenol
0.1 PEG-25 PABA0.1 PEG-25 PABA
C 10,0 HFC 152 AC 10.0 HFC 152 A
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen. Die Komponenten der Phase B eine nach der anderen zugeben und lösen. Mit Phase C abfüllen.Preparation: Mix the components of phase A. Add the components of phase B one by one and dissolve. Fill with phase C.
Beispiel 31 : PflegeshampooExample 31: care shampoo
WS 1 % o %. Inhaltsstoff (INCI)WS 1% o%. Ingredient (INCI)
30 ,0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate30, 0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate
6 ,0 Sodium Cocoamphoacetate6, 0 Sodium cocoamphoacetate
6 ,0 Cocamidopropyl Betaine6, 0 cocamidopropyl betaines
3 ,0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycol Distearate, Cocamide MEA, Laureth-103, 0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycol Distearate, Cocamide MEA, Laureth-10
1 ,0 C16-Microbead1, 0 C16 microbead
7 ,7 Polyquaternium-447, 7 Polyquaternium-44
2 ,0 Amodimethicone q- S. Parfümöl q- S. Konservierungsmittel2, 0 Amodimethicone q- S. Perfume oil q- S. Preservative
1 ,0 Sodium Chloride1, 0 Sodium Chloride
43 ,3 Aqua dem.43, 3 Aqua the.
B α. S. Citric AcidB α. S. Citric Acid
WS 5% o %, Inhaltsstoff (INCI)WS 5% o%, Ingredient (INCI)
A 30,0 Sodium Laureth SulfateA 30.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate
6,0 Sodium Cocoamphoacetate6.0 Sodium Cocoamphoacetate
6,0 Cocamidopropyl Betaine6.0 Cocamidopropyl Betaine
3,0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycol Distearate, Cocamide MEA, Laureth-103.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate, Glycol Distearate, Cocamide MEA, Laureth-10
5,0 C16-Microbead 7,7 Polyquaternium-445.0 C16 microbead 7.7 polyquaternium-44
2,0 Amodimethicone q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel2.0 Amodimethicone q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
1 ,0 Sodium Chloride 39,3 Aqua dem. B q.s. Citric Acid1, 0 Sodium Chloride 39.3 Aqua dem. B qs Citric Acid
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen und lösen. Den pH-Wert mit Citronensäu- re auf 6-7 einstellen.Preparation: Mix and dissolve the components of phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid.
Beispiel 32: DuschgelExample 32: shower gel
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 40,0 Sodium Laureth SulfateA 40.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate
5,0 Decyl Glucoside5.0 decyl glucosides
5,0 Cocamidopropyl Betaine5.0 Cocamidopropyl betaines
1 ,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin 1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin 1, 0 panthenol q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
2,0 Sodium Chloride2.0 Sodium Chloride
46,0 Aqua dem.46.0 Aqua the.
B q.s. Citric AcidB q.s. Citric Acid
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 40,0 Sodium Laureth SulfateA 40.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate
5,0 Decyl Glucoside5.0 decyl glucosides
5,0 Cocamidopropyl Betaine5.0 Cocamidopropyl betaines
5,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin5.0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 panthenol q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
2,0 Sodium Chloride2.0 Sodium Chloride
42,0 Aqua dem.42.0 Aqua the.
B q.s. Citric AcidB q.s. Citric Acid
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen und lösen. Den pH-Wert mit Citronensäu- re auf 6-7 einstellen.Preparation: Mix and dissolve the components of phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid.
Beispiel 33: ShampooExample 33: Shampoo
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 40,0 Sodium Laureth SulfateA 40.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate
5,0 Sodium C12-15 Pareth-15 Sulfonate 5,0 Decyl Glucoside q.s. Parfümöl5.0 Sodium C12-15 Pareth-15 Sulfonates 5.0 Decyl Glucoside qs perfume oil
0,1 Phytantriol0.1 phytantriol
44,6 Aqua dem.44.6 Aqua the.
1 ,0 C16-Microbead1, 0 C16 microbead
0,3 Polyquaternium-100.3 polyquaternium-10
1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 panthenol q.s. preservative
1 ,0 Laureth-31, 0 Laureth-3
2,0 Sodium Chloride2.0 Sodium Chloride
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 40,0 Sodium Laureth SulfateA 40.0 Sodium Laureth Sulfate
5,0 Sodium C12-15 Pareth-15 Sulfonate5.0 Sodium C12-15 Pareth-15 Sulfonates
5,0 Decyl Glucoside q.s. Parfümöl5.0 Decyl Glucosides q.s. perfume oil
0,1 Phytantriol0.1 phytantriol
40,6 Aqua dem.40.6 Aqua the.
5,0 C16-Microbead5.0 C16 microbead
0,3 Polyquaternium-100.3 polyquaternium-10
1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 panthenol q.s. preservative
1 ,0 Laureth-31, 0 Laureth-3
2.0 Sodium Chloride2.0 Sodium Chloride
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A mischen und lösen. Den pH-Wert mit Citronensäu- re auf 6-7 einstellen.Preparation: Mix and dissolve the components of phase A. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid.
Beispiel 34: ShampooExample 34: Shampoo
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 15,00 Cocamidopropyl BetaineA 15.00 cocamidopropyl betaines
10,00 Disodium Cocoamphodiacetate10.00 Disodium Cocoamphodiacetate
5,00 Polysorbate 205.00 Polysorbate 20
5,00 Decyl Glucoside q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.00 decyl glucosides q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
1 ,00 C16-Microbead1, 00 C16 microbead
0,15 Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride0.15 guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chlorides
2,00 Laureth-32.00 laureth-3
58,00 Aqua dem. q.s. Citric Acid B 3,00 PEG-150 Distearate58.00 Aqua the. qs Citric Acid B 3.00 PEG-150 distearate
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
15,00 Cocamidopropyl Betaine15.00 cocamidopropyl betaines
10,00 Disodium Cocoamphodiacetate10.00 Disodium Cocoamphodiacetate
5,00 Polysorbate 205.00 Polysorbate 20
5,00 Decyl Glucoside q.s. Parfümöl q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.00 decyl glucosides q.s. Perfume oil q.s. preservative
5,00 C16-Microbead5.00 C16 microbead
0,15 Guar Hydroxypropyltrimonium Chloride0.15 guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chlorides
2,00 Laureth-32.00 laureth-3
54,00 Aqua dem. q.s. Citric Acid54.00 Aqua the. q.s. Citric Acid
B 3,00 PEG-150 DistearateB 3.00 PEG-150 distearate
Herstellung: Die Komponenten der Phase A einwiegen und lösen. Den pH-Wert auf 6-7 einstellen. Phase B zugeben und auf ca. 500C erwärmen. Unter Rühren auf Raumtemperatur abkühlen.Production: Weigh in the components of phase A and dissolve. Adjust the pH to 6-7. Add phase B and heat to approx. 50 ° C. Cool to room temperature while stirring.
Beispiel 35: Feuchtigkeitsspendende KörperpflegecremeExample 35: Moisturizing Body Care Cream
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
2,0 Ceteareth-252.0 Ceteareth-25
2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
3,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate3.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
1 ,0 Dimethicone1, 0 dimethicone
4,0 Cetearyl Alcohol4.0 Cetearyl Alcohol
3,0 Glyceryl Stearate SE3.0 Glyceryl Stearate SE
5,0 Mineral OiI5.0 mineral oil
4,0 Simmondsia Chinensis (Jojoba) Seed OiI4.0 Simmondsia Chinensis (Jojoba) Seed OiI
3,0 Mineral OiI, Lanolin Alcohol3.0 Mineral OiI, Lanolin Alcohol
B 5,0 Propylene GlycolB 5.0 Propylene Glycol
1 ,0 C16-Microbead1, 0 C16 microbead
1 ,0 Panthenol1, 0 panthenol
0,5 Magnesium Aluminum Silicate q.s Konservierungsmittel0.5 Mg Aluminum Silicate Q.s Preservative
65,5 Aqua dem.65.5 Aqua the.
α.s. Parfümöl D q.s. Citric Acidα.s. perfume oil D qs Citric Acid
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Ceteareth-25A 2.0 Ceteareth-25
2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
3,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate3.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoate
1 ,0 Dimethicone1, 0 dimethicone
4,0 Cetearyl Alcohol4.0 Cetearyl Alcohol
3,0 Glyceryl Stearate SE3.0 Glyceryl Stearate SE
5,0 Mineral OiI5.0 mineral oil
4,0 Simmondsia Chinensis (Jojoba) Seed OiI4.0 Simmondsia Chinensis (Jojoba) Seed OiI
3,0 Mineral OiI, Lanolin Alcohol3.0 Mineral OiI, Lanolin Alcohol
B 5,0 Propylene GlycolB 5.0 Propylene Glycol
5,0 C16-Microbead5.0 C16 microbead
1 ,0 Panthenol1, 0 panthenol
0,5 Magnesium Aluminum Silicate q.s Konservierungsmittel0.5 Mg Aluminum Silicate Q.s Preservative
61 ,5 Aqua dem.61, 5 Aqua the.
C q.s. ParfümölC q.s. perfume oil
D q.s. Citric AcidD q.s. Citric Acid
Herstellung: Die Phasen A und B getrennt auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B kurz vorhomogenisieren, dann Phase B in Phase A einrühren und erneut homogenisieren.Abkühlen auf ca. 400C, Phase C zugeben und nochmals gut homogenisieren. Den pH-Wert mit Citronensäure auf 6-7 einstellen.Preparation: Heat phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B prehomogenising briefly, then phase B into phase A and re-approve homogenisieren.Abkühlen to about 40 0 C, phase C and homogenize thoroughly again. Adjust the pH to 6-7 with citric acid.
Beispiel 36: Feuchtigkeitsspendende KörperpflegecremeExample 36: Moisturizing Body Care Cream
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 6,0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiIA 6.0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
10,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate10.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoates
5,0 Isopropyl Myristate5.0 isopropyl myristate
7,0 Mineral OiI7.0 Mineral OiI
0,5 Shea Butter (Butyrospermum Parkii)0.5 Shea Butter (Butyrospermum Parkii)
0,5 Aluminum Stearate0.5 Aluminum Stearate
0,5 Magnesium Stearate0.5 mg stearate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
0,7 Quaternium-18-Hectorite B 5,0 Dipropylene Glycol0.7 Quaternium-18 hectorites B 5.0 Dipropylene glycol
0,7 Magnesium Sulfate0.7 magnesium sulphates
1 ,0 C16-Microbead q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 C16 microbead q.s. preservative
62,9 Aqua dem.62.9 Aqua.
C q.s. ParfümölC q.s. perfume oil
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 6,0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiIA 6.0 PEG-7 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
10,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate10.0 Cetearyl ethylhexanoates
5,0 Isopropyl Myristate5.0 isopropyl myristate
7,0 Mineral OiI7.0 Mineral OiI
0,5 Shea Butter (Butyrospermum Parkii)0.5 Shea Butter (Butyrospermum Parkii)
0,5 Aluminum Stearate0.5 Aluminum Stearate
0,5 Magnesium Stearate0.5 mg stearate
0,2 Bisabolol0.2 bisabolol
0,7 Quaternium-18-Hectorite0.7 Quaternium-18 hectorites
B 5,0 Dipropylene GlycolB 5.0 Dipropylene glycol
0,7 Magnesium Sulfate0.7 magnesium sulphates
5,0 C16-Microbead q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.0 C16 microbead q.s. preservative
58,9 Aqua dem.58.9 Aqua.
C q.s. ParfümölC q.s. perfume oil
Herstellung: Die Phasen A und B getrennt auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A einrüh- ren und homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf ca. 400C abkühlen, Phase C zugeben und nochmals homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf Raumtemperatur abkühlen lassen.Preparation: Heat phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Bring phase B into phase A and homogenize. Cool with stirring to about 40 0 C, add phase C and homogenize again. Allow to cool to room temperature while stirring.
Beispiel 37: Flüssiges Make-up - Typ O/WExample 37: Liquid Make-up - Type O / W
WS 1 %WS 1%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2 ,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 2, 0 ceteareth-6, stearyl alcohol
2 ,0 Ceteareth-252, 0 Ceteareth-25
6 ,0 Glyceryl Stearate6, 0 glyceryl stearate
1 ,0 Cetyl Alcohol1, 0 Cetyl Alcohol
8 ,0 Mineral OiI8, 0 Mineral OiI
7 ,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate7, 0 cetearyl ethylhexanoate
0 .2 Dimethicone B 3,0 Propylene Glycol0 .2 Dimethicone B 3.0 Propylene glycol
1 ,0 Panthenol q.s. Konservierungsmittel1, 0 panthenol q.s. preservative
1 ,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin1, 0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin
61 ,9 Aqua dem.61, 9 Aqua the.
C 0,1 Bisabolol q.s. ParfümölC 0.1 bisabolol q.s. perfume oil
D 5,7 C. I. 77 891 , Titanium DioxideD 5.7 C.I. 77 891, Titanium Dioxide
1 ,1 Iron Oxides1, 1 Iron Oxides
WS 5%WS 5%
% Inhaltsstoff (INCI)% Ingredient (INCI)
A 2,0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl AlcoholA 2.0 Ceteareth-6, Stearyl Alcohol
2,0 Ceteareth-252.0 Ceteareth-25
6,0 Glyceryl Stearate6.0 glyceryl stearates
1 ,0 Cetyl Alcohol1, 0 Cetyl Alcohol
8,0 Mineral OiI8.0 mineral OiI
7,0 Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate7.0 cetearyl ethylhexanoate
0,2 Dimethicone0.2 dimethicone
B 3,0 Propylene GlycolB 3.0 Propylene glycol
1 ,0 Panthenol1, 0 panthenol
5,0 C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin q.s. Konservierungsmittel5.0 C16 microbead canthaxanthin q.s. preservative
57,9 Aqua dem.57.9 Aqua the.
C 0,1 Bisabolol q.s. ParfümölC 0.1 bisabolol q.s. perfume oil
D 5,7 C. I. 77 891 , Titanium DioxideD 5.7 C.I. 77 891, Titanium Dioxide
1.1 Iron Oxides1.1 Iron oxides
Herstellung: Die Phasen A und B getrennt auf ca. 800C erwärmen. Phase B in Phase A einrühren und homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf ca. 400C abkühlen, Phasen C und D zugeben und nochmals gründlich homogenisieren. Unter Rühren auf Raumtemperatur abkühlen lassen.Preparation: Heat phases A and B separately to about 80 ° C. Stir phase B into phase A and homogenize. Cool with stirring to about 40 0 C, add phases C and D and thoroughly homogenize again. Allow to cool to room temperature while stirring.
Beispiel 38Example 38
Im Folgenden sind erfindungesgemäße dermokosmetische Zubereitungen beschrieben, enthaltend das gemäß der Beispiele 1 hergestellte C16-Microbead oder gemäß Beispiel 4 hergestellte C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin. Die folgenden Angaben sind Gewichtsteile einer wässrigen Lösung. Klares ShampooIn the following, dermocosmetic preparations according to the invention are described, comprising the C16 microbead prepared according to Examples 1 or C16 microbead canthaxanthin prepared according to Example 4. The following are parts by weight of an aqueous solution. Clear shampoo
Klares Conditioner ShampooClear conditioner shampoo
Schaum O/W-EmulsionenFoam O / W emulsions
Conditioner Shampoo mit PerlglanzConditioner Shampoo with pearlescent
pH einstellen auf 6,0 Adjust pH to 6.0
Klares Conditioner ShampooClear conditioner shampoo
pH einstellen auf 6,0 Adjust pH to 6.0
Klares Conditioner Shampoo mit Volumen EffektClear conditioner shampoo with volume effect
pH einstellen auf 6,0 Adjust pH to 6.0
GelcremeGel Cream
OW SunscreenformulationOW Sunscreen formulation
SticksSticks
PIT-EmulsionPIT emulsion
GelcremeGel Cream
OW Formulations Selbstbräu- nerOW Formulations Homebrewers
Hydrodispersion SelbstbräunerHydrodispersion self-tanner
WO-Emulsions WO-emulsion
Feststoff stabilisierte Emulsion (Pickering Emulsions)Solid stabilized emulsion (Pickering emulsions)
SticksSticks
Ölgeloil gel
Beispiel 39:Example 39:
In den folgenden Rezepturen werden kosmetische Sonnenschutzzubereitungen, enthaltend eine Kombination aus mindestens einem anorganischen Pigment, bevorzugt Zinkoxid und/oder Titandioxid und organische UV-A- und UV-B-Filter beschrieben.The following formulations describe cosmetic sunscreen preparations comprising a combination of at least one inorganic pigment, preferably zinc oxide and / or titanium dioxide, and organic UV-A and UV-B filters.
Die Herstellung der nachfolgend genanntenen Formulierungen erfolgt auf übliche, dem Fachmann bekannte Art und Weise.The following formulations are prepared in a customary manner known to the person skilled in the art.
Der Gehalt an C16-Microbead hergestellt gemäß Beispiel 1 oder C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin gemäß Beispiel 4 hergestellt bezieht sich auf 100% Wirkstoff. Die erfindungsgemäßen Wirkstof- fe können sowohl in reiner Form als auch als wässrige Lösung eingesetzt werden. Im Falle der wässerigen Lösung muss der Gehalt an Wasser dem. in der jeweiligen Formulierung angepasst werden.The content of C16 microbead prepared according to Example 1 or C16 microbead canthaxanthin prepared according to Example 4 refers to 100% active ingredient. The active compounds according to the invention can be used both in pure form and as an aqueous solution. In the case of the aqueous solution, the content of water must be the. be adapted in the respective formulation.
0,10 Allantoin Allantoin 0.10 allantoin allantoin
66,70 Wasser dem. Aqua dem.66.70 water to the. Aqua the.
D 2,00 Simulgel NS Hydroxyethyl Acrylate/Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer, Squalane, Polysorbate 60 q.s. KonservierungsmittelD 2.00 simulgel NS hydroxyethyl acrylate / sodium acryloyl dimethyl taurate copolymer, squalane, polysorbate 60 q.s. preservative
A 5,00 Uvinul N 539 T OctocryleneA 5.00 Uvinul N 539 T Octocrylene
2,00 Uvinul A PIus Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate2.00 Uvinul A PIus Diethylamino Hydroxybenzoyl Hexyl Benzoate
0,80 RyIo PG 11 Polyglyceryl Dimer Soyate0.80 RyIo PG 11 polyglyceryl dimer soyate
1 ,00 Span 60 Sorbitan Stearate1, 00 Span 60 Sorbitan Stearate
0,50 Vitamin E-Acetat Tocopheryl Acetate0.50 vitamin E acetate tocopheryl acetate
3,00 Dracorin 100 SE Glyceryl Stearate, PEG-100 Stearate3.00 Dracorin 100 SE Glyceryl Stearate, PEG-100 Stearate
1 ,00 Cremophor CO 410 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI1, 00 Cremophor CO 410 PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor OiI
B 3,00 Z-COTE MAX Zinc Oxide(and) Diphenyl Capryl MethiconeB 3.00 Z-COTE MAX Zinc Oxide (and) Diphenyl Capryl Methicone
1 ,00 Cetiol SB 45 Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea Butter)1, 00 Cetiol SB 45 Butyrospermum Parkii (Shea Butter)
6,50 Finsolv TN C12-15 Alkyl Benzoate6.50 Finsolv TN C12-15 alkyl benzoates
C 5,00 Butylenglykol Butylene GlycolC 5.00 Butylene Glycol Butylene Glycol
0,30 Keltrol Xanthan Gum0.30 Keltrol Xanthan gum
0,10 Edeta BD Disodium EDTA0.10 Edeta BD Disodium EDTA
0,10 Allantoin Allantoin0.10 allantoin allantoin
1 % C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin1% C16 microbead canthaxanthin
2,0 Mexoryl SX Terephthalidene Dicamphor Sulfonic Acid2.0 Mexoryl SX Terephthalidene Dicamphor Sulfonic Acid
66,20 Wasser dem. Aqua dem.66.20 water to the. Aqua the.
D 2,00 Simulgel NS Hydroxyethyl Acrylate/Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer, Squalane, Polysorbate 60 q.s. KonservierungsmittelD 2.00 simulgel NS hydroxyethyl acrylate / sodium acryloyl dimethyl taurate copolymer, squalane, polysorbate 60 q.s. preservative
,70 Candelillawachs LT 281 LJ Candelilla (Euphorbia Cerifera) Wax ,80 Bienenwachs 3050 PH Bees Wax ,20 TeCero-Wachs 30445 Microcrystalline Wax ,20 TeCero-Wachs 1030 K Microcrystalline Wax ,34 Cutina CP Cetyl Palmitate ,40 Vaseline Petrolatum ,30 Softisan 100 Hydrogenated Coco-Glycerides ,00 Luvitol EHO Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate ,17 Bisabolol nat. Bisabolol ,84 Vitamin E-Acetat Tocopheryl Acetate ,42 D,L-Alpha-Tocopherol Tocopherol , 70 Candelilla Wax LT 281 LJ Candelilla (Euphorbia Cerifera) Wax, 80 Beeswax 3050 PH Bees Wax, 20 TeCero Wax 30445 Microcrystalline Wax, 20 TeCero Wax 1030 K Microcrystalline Wax, 34 Cutina CP Cetyl Palmitate, 40 Vaseline Petrolatum, 30 Softisan 100 Hydrogenated Coco-Glycerides, 00 Luvitol EHO Cetearyl Ethylhexanoate, 17 Bisabolol Nat. Bisabolol, 84 Vitamin E Acetate Tocopheryl Acetate, 42 D, L-Alpha Tocopherol Tocopherol
1 % C16-Microbead-Canthaxanthin ,38 Rizinusöl Castor (Ricinus Communis) OiI1% C16 microbead canthaxanthin, 38 castor oil Castor (Ricinus communis) OiI
Benzoate Benzoate
2,00 Uvinul N 539 T Octocrylene2.00 Uvinul N 539 T Octocrylene
B 5,00 T-Lite SF-S Titanium Dioxide, Silica Hydrate, AIu- mina Hydrate, Methicone/Dimethicone CopolymerB 5.00 T-Lite SF-S Titanium Dioxide, Silica Hydrate, Alumina Hydrate, Methicone / Dimethicone Copolymer
C 3,00 1 ,2-Propylenglykol Care Propylene GlycolC 3.00 1, 2-propylene glycol Care Propylene Glycol
0,30 Abiol Imidazolidinyl Urea0.30 Abiol Imidazolidinyl urea
1 ,00 Magnesiumsulfat-7-hydrat Magnesium Sulfate1, 00 magnesium sulfate 7-hydrate magnesium sulfates
0,5% C16-Microbead0.5% C16 microbead
Ad 100 Wasser dem. Aqua dem. q.s. KonservierungsmittelAd 100 water to the. Aqua the. q.s. preservative

Claims

Patentansprüche claims
1. Verwendung von Protein-Microbeads in der Kosmetik.1. Use of protein microbeads in cosmetics.
2. Verwendung nach Anspruch 1 , dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass es sich um2. Use according to claim 1, characterized in that it is
Seidenprotein-Microbeads handelt.Silk protein microbeads.
3. Verwendung nach Anspruch 1 , dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass es sich um Microbeads handelt, die aus einem intrinsisch entfalteten Protein hergestellt wurden.3. Use according to claim 1, characterized in that they are microbeads which have been prepared from an intrinsically unfolded protein.
4. Verwendung nach Anspruch 1 , dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass es sich bei den Protein-Microbeads um Kupplungen aus einem Protein (i) und einem Effektormolekül (ii) handelt.4. Use according to claim 1, characterized in that the protein microbeads are couplings of a protein (i) and an effector molecule (ii).
5. Verwendung nach Anspruch 3, dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass das Protein (i) ein C16-Spinnenseidenprotein ist.5. Use according to claim 3, characterized in that the protein (i) is a C16 spider silk protein.
6. Verwendung nach Anspruch 1 , dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass das Effektor- molekül (II) ein UV-Absorber ist.6. Use according to claim 1, characterized in that the effector molecule (II) is a UV absorber.
7. Verwendung nach Anspruch 1 , dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass das Protein- Microbead durch ein Verfahren herstellbar ist, das folgende Schritte beinhaltet: (i) lösen eines Proteins in einem ersten Lösungsmittel, (ii) Induzierung einer Phasentrennung in Lösungsmittelphase und darin emulgierte proteinreiche Phase durch ein Additiv, (iii) Aushärten der proteinreichen Phase gegebenenfalls durch Zugabe eines Quervernetzers, (iv) Isolierung und ggf Reinigung der in Schritt (iii) erzeugten Protein-Microbeads.7. Use according to claim 1, characterized in that the protein microbead can be produced by a process comprising the following steps: (i) dissolving a protein in a first solvent, (ii) inducing a phase separation in the solvent phase and protein-rich phase emulsified therein by an additive, (iii) curing of the protein-rich phase, optionally by adding a cross-linker, (iv) isolation and, if appropriate, purification of the protein microbeads produced in step (iii).
8. Verwendung nach Anspruch 1 , dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass das Protein-8. Use according to claim 1, characterized in that the protein
Microbead in der Hautkosmetik eingesetzt wird.Microbead is used in skin cosmetics.
9. Kosmetische Zusammensetzungen, enthaltend mindestens ein Protein-9. Cosmetic compositions containing at least one protein
Microbead und mindestens einen Wirkstoff aus der Gruppe der UV-Absorber. Microbead and at least one active ingredient from the group of UV absorbers.
EP07712054A 2006-01-20 2007-01-19 Use of protein microbeads in cosmetics Ceased EP1979055A2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP07712054A EP1979055A2 (en) 2006-01-20 2007-01-19 Use of protein microbeads in cosmetics

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP06100671 2006-01-20
PCT/EP2007/050517 WO2007082923A2 (en) 2006-01-20 2007-01-19 Use of protein microbeads in cosmetics
EP07712054A EP1979055A2 (en) 2006-01-20 2007-01-19 Use of protein microbeads in cosmetics

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1979055A2 true EP1979055A2 (en) 2008-10-15

Family

ID=37875797

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP07704011A Withdrawn EP1978937A1 (en) 2006-01-20 2007-01-19 Use of amphiphilic self-assembling proteins for formulating poorly water-soluble effect substances
EP07712054A Ceased EP1979055A2 (en) 2006-01-20 2007-01-19 Use of protein microbeads in cosmetics

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP07704011A Withdrawn EP1978937A1 (en) 2006-01-20 2007-01-19 Use of amphiphilic self-assembling proteins for formulating poorly water-soluble effect substances

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (2) US20100278882A1 (en)
EP (2) EP1978937A1 (en)
JP (2) JP5236498B2 (en)
CN (3) CN101370481A (en)
CA (2) CA2638870A1 (en)
WO (2) WO2007082936A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7823214B2 (en) 2005-01-07 2010-10-26 Apple Inc. Accessory authentication for electronic devices
CN101370481A (en) 2006-01-20 2009-02-18 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Use of amphiphilic self-assembling proteins for formulating poorly water-soluble effect substances
JP5743542B2 (en) * 2007-06-20 2015-07-01 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピアBasf Se Synthetic repeat proteins, their production and use
CN102176905A (en) * 2008-08-08 2011-09-07 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Fibrous surface structure containing active ingredients with controlled release of active ingredients, use thereof and method for the production thereof
EP2684562A1 (en) * 2008-08-08 2014-01-15 Basf Se Fibre layer with an active substance on the basis of bio-polymers, applications of same and method for their manufacture
WO2010072665A1 (en) 2008-12-23 2010-07-01 Basf Se Modification of nano- or mesofibers or textile fabrics manufactured by way of electrospinning using amphiphilic proteins
RU2548815C2 (en) 2009-06-03 2015-04-20 Басф Се Recombinant preparation of peptides
WO2011029777A1 (en) 2009-09-11 2011-03-17 Basf Se Methods for producing coated polymer fibers
WO2011063990A2 (en) 2009-11-30 2011-06-03 Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München Silk particles for controlled and sustained delivery of compounds
EP2609109A2 (en) 2010-08-26 2013-07-03 Basf Se Method for producing highly concentrated solutions of self-assembling proteins
DE102011105369A1 (en) 2011-06-20 2012-12-20 Carl Freudenberg Kg Stable, aqueous protein solution or protein dispersion, process for the preparation of the stable, aqueous solution or dispersion and process for the production of moldings, fabrics, impregnations or coatings from the stable, aqueous protein solution or protein dispersion and their use
DE102011105372A1 (en) 2011-06-20 2012-12-20 Carl Freudenberg Kg Stable, aqueous protein solution or protein dispersion, process for the preparation of the stable, aqueous solution or dispersion and process for the production of moldings, fabrics, impregnations or coatings from the stable, aqueous protein solution or protein dispersion and their use
EP2615107A1 (en) 2012-01-16 2013-07-17 Universität Bayreuth A novel biopolymer having excellent tensile strength, extensibility and toughness
WO2014175178A1 (en) 2013-04-25 2014-10-30 スパイバー株式会社 Polypeptide porous body and method for producing same
CN104936979B (en) * 2013-04-25 2020-02-21 丝芭博株式会社 Polypeptide particles and method for producing same
US9968682B2 (en) 2013-04-25 2018-05-15 Spiber Inc. Polypeptide hydrogel and method for producing same
US9672952B2 (en) 2013-08-14 2017-06-06 Industrial Technology Research Institute Polymer and conductive composition
CN107074916A (en) 2014-08-25 2017-08-18 艾伯塔大学校董 Memebrane protein, the construct comprising it and the formation of functionalization β-pleated sheet stabilized peptide and use its method
GB201415681D0 (en) 2014-09-04 2014-10-22 Cambridge Entpr Ltd And President And Fellows Of Harvard College Protien Capsules
AU2016305530B2 (en) * 2015-08-13 2021-04-29 Arch Personal Care Products, Lp Wet wipe concentrate
GB201615047D0 (en) * 2016-09-05 2016-10-19 Spheritech Ltd Microparticle composition and use thereof
MX2020004675A (en) * 2017-11-10 2020-08-13 Givaudan Sa Silk alcohol formulations.
DE102017010930A1 (en) 2017-11-25 2019-05-29 Dr. 3 Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH i. Gr. Topical preparations
CN111214385B (en) * 2020-03-13 2022-05-17 珀莱雅化妆品股份有限公司 Nanoparticle emulsion loaded with skin nutrient and preparation method thereof
BR112023005311A2 (en) * 2020-09-30 2023-04-25 Oreal AQUEOUS GEL SUNSCREEN COSMETIC COMPOSITION, PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING THE AQUEOUS GEL SUNSCREEN COSMETIC COMPOSITION AND USE OF THE AQUEOUS GEL SUNSCREEN COSMETIC COMPOSITION
ES2933628A1 (en) * 2021-08-10 2023-02-10 Cocunat S L HAIR BALM FOR HAIR RESTORATION AND REPAIR (Machine-translation by Google Translate, not legally binding)
WO2023052393A1 (en) 2021-09-29 2023-04-06 Smart Material Printing B.V. Mechanochemically pre-treated, heavy-metal-free activated carbon particles a, topical medications, medicinal products and cosmetics, production method, and uses
DE102021004907A1 (en) 2021-09-29 2023-03-30 Smart Material Printing B.V. Mechanochemically pretreated, heavy metal-free activated carbon particles A for use in medicine
DE102021004906A1 (en) 2021-09-29 2023-03-30 Smart Material Printing B.V. Heavy metal-free topical medical devices and cosmetics, processes for their preparation and their use
CN114149339B (en) * 2021-12-28 2023-01-31 黄冈美丰化工科技有限公司 Ultraviolet absorbent, composition, cosmetic and process for preparing cosmetic
CN114588070A (en) * 2022-03-03 2022-06-07 深圳亿汀生物有限公司 Composition for dynamically adjusting water-oil balance of skin to achieve rapid relief and application thereof

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004073644A2 (en) * 2003-02-20 2004-09-02 E.I. Dupont De Nemours And Company Water-soluble silk proteins in compositions for skin care, hair care or hair coloring

Family Cites Families (34)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2961023D1 (en) * 1978-11-13 1981-12-24 Kanebo Ltd Finely powdered fibroin and process for producing same
US5023080A (en) * 1988-06-17 1991-06-11 Basic Bio Systems, Inc. Time release protein
JPH0248502A (en) * 1988-08-09 1990-02-19 Kikkoman Corp Agricultural chemical composition and production thereof
JP2854687B2 (en) * 1990-07-30 1999-02-03 鐘紡株式会社 Manufacturing method of dyed silk fibroin powder
JP2601779B2 (en) * 1991-05-13 1997-04-16 鐘紡株式会社 Method for producing fine powder modified silk powder aqueous dispersion and method for producing fine powder modified silk powder
FR2683159B1 (en) * 1991-10-31 1994-02-25 Coletica PROCESS FOR PRODUCING WALL NANOCAPSULES BASED ON CROSSLINKED PROTEINS; NANOCAPSULES THUS OBTAINED AND COSMETIC, PHARMACEUTICAL AND FOOD COMPOSITIONS INCLUDING APPLICATION.
JPH08268905A (en) * 1995-03-31 1996-10-15 Takayuki Nagashima Colloidal silk fibroin and composition containing the same
JP4125811B2 (en) * 1996-10-30 2008-07-30 住友化学株式会社 Aqueous emulsified suspension agricultural chemical composition and method for producing the same
JP3101711B2 (en) * 1997-11-20 2000-10-23 農林水産省蚕糸・昆虫農業技術研究所長 Adsorbent / sustained-release body comprising biopolymer and method for producing the same
FR2774588B1 (en) * 1998-02-11 2000-05-05 Oreal COSMETIC OR DERMATOLOGICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING AT LEAST ONE NATURAL, RECOMBINANT ARACHNID SILK PROTEIN OR THE LIKE
JP2972877B1 (en) * 1998-07-24 1999-11-08 農林水産省蚕糸・昆虫農業技術研究所長 Dope of polymer material, microbeads made of polymer material and method for producing the beads
JP2001163899A (en) * 1999-12-09 2001-06-19 Natl Inst Of Sericultural & Entomological Science Method for producing functional silk fibroin and its use
DE10036655A1 (en) 2000-07-26 2002-02-07 Basf Ag Cosmetic or dermatological preparations to prevent skin damage from peroxides
JP2002138024A (en) * 2000-10-27 2002-05-14 Riaru Kagaku Kk Hair dyeing agent, hair dyeing set and hair dyeing method using the same
EP1213013B1 (en) * 2000-11-29 2007-04-04 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Process for preparing solid compositions of water-soluble, hardly water-soluble or water-insoluble active agents
US7105176B2 (en) * 2000-11-29 2006-09-12 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Production of solid preparations of water-soluble, sparingly water-soluble or water-insoluble active compounds
DE10059213A1 (en) 2000-11-29 2002-06-13 Basf Ag Preparing solid composition of poorly soluble compounds, useful e.g. for carotenoid animal feed additives, by flocculating a dispersion with protective colloid
JP2002308720A (en) * 2001-04-16 2002-10-23 Pola Chem Ind Inc Skin-protecting cosmetic
FR2825293B1 (en) * 2001-06-05 2004-05-07 Coletica SOLID WATER INSOLUBLE PARTICLES TREATED, PREPARATION AND USE
WO2003045336A1 (en) * 2001-11-29 2003-06-05 National Institute Of Agrobiological Sciences Emulsifier and process for producing the same
JP2005060404A (en) * 2001-11-29 2005-03-10 National Institute Of Agrobiological Sciences Emulsifier having skin cell growth promoting property and method for producing the same
JP3659352B2 (en) * 2001-11-29 2005-06-15 独立行政法人農業生物資源研究所 Emulsifier having skin cell growth promoting property and method for producing the same
AU2003206690A1 (en) 2002-01-18 2003-07-30 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Cosmetic or dermatological preparations for preventing damages to skin caused by peroxides
US20040132978A1 (en) * 2002-11-12 2004-07-08 Fahnestock Stephen R. Method for purifying and recovering silk proteins in soluble form and uses thereof
JP3738247B2 (en) * 2002-11-18 2006-01-25 株式会社オードレマン Detergent composition containing amorphous silk fibroin
JP3738255B2 (en) * 2003-02-21 2006-01-25 株式会社オードレマン Cosmetics containing amorphous silk fibroin
WO2005012606A2 (en) * 2003-04-10 2005-02-10 Tufts University Concentrated aqueous silk fibroin solution and use thereof
US20050023316A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-02-03 Anderson Carl B. Document holder for identification
CA2608862C (en) * 2004-06-11 2020-05-05 Trustees Of Tufts College Silk-based drug delivery system
ES2525095T3 (en) * 2004-07-22 2014-12-17 Amsilk Gmbh Recombinant spider silk proteins
DE102004057587A1 (en) 2004-11-29 2006-06-08 Basf Ag Aqueous dispersions of a mixture of poorly water-soluble or water-insoluble active ingredients and a single-celled protein material and dry powder prepared therefrom
PL1757276T3 (en) * 2005-08-01 2008-02-29 Amsilk Gmbh Method of producing nano- and microcapsules of spider silk protein
WO2007025719A1 (en) * 2005-08-29 2007-03-08 Technische Universitaet Muenchen Modified spider silk proteins
CN101370481A (en) 2006-01-20 2009-02-18 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Use of amphiphilic self-assembling proteins for formulating poorly water-soluble effect substances

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004073644A2 (en) * 2003-02-20 2004-09-02 E.I. Dupont De Nemours And Company Water-soluble silk proteins in compositions for skin care, hair care or hair coloring

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20100278882A1 (en) 2010-11-04
CN101370481A (en) 2009-02-18
JP5236498B2 (en) 2013-07-17
WO2007082923A2 (en) 2007-07-26
CN101370556A (en) 2009-02-18
WO2007082923A3 (en) 2007-10-04
US8288512B2 (en) 2012-10-16
US20100278883A1 (en) 2010-11-04
EP1978937A1 (en) 2008-10-15
WO2007082936A1 (en) 2007-07-26
CA2637065C (en) 2014-03-18
CA2638870A1 (en) 2007-07-26
CN104856962A (en) 2015-08-26
CA2637065A1 (en) 2007-07-26
JP2009523767A (en) 2009-06-25
JP2009523766A (en) 2009-06-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1979055A2 (en) Use of protein microbeads in cosmetics
WO2008055931A1 (en) Use of natural, recombinant and synthetic resilins in cosmetics
EP1763334B1 (en) Keratin-binding polypeptides
WO2006136607A2 (en) Use of hydrophobin-polypeptides and conjugates from hydrophobin-polypeptides having active and effect agents and the production thereof and use thereof in the cosmetic industry
US8697151B2 (en) Use of an extract from the vigna aconitifolia plant in a cosmetic and/or dermopharmaceutical composition
EP1909747A1 (en) Dermocosmetic preparations
WO2008025755A1 (en) Use of n-containing heterocycles in dermocosmetics
EP2066406A2 (en) Cosmetic preparations based on molecularly imprinted polymers
EP1968642A2 (en) Keratin-binding effector molecules and method for the production thereof by coupling keratin-binding polypeptides with effector molecules which support carboxylic groups or sulfonic acid groups
WO2009059161A1 (en) Keratin derivatives and methods of making the same
AU2004249165A1 (en) Modified soy proteins in skin tightening compositions
DE19540749A1 (en) Cosmetic preparations with an effective content of glycosylglycerides
JP4546973B2 (en) Water-resistant fragrance cosmetic composition
EP2203154A1 (en) Personal care compositions including polyurethane dispersions
US20160250134A1 (en) Polymers and uses thereof
CN114364363A (en) Silk hair care composition
KR20020095154A (en) Decorative cosmetic preparations containing chitosan microcapsules charged with active ingredients
WO2006097432A2 (en) Keratin-binding desmoplakin polypeptide sequences
EP1957111A2 (en) Method for the production of a keratin-binding effector molecule
AU2004231259A1 (en) Use of acrylates copolymer as waterproofing agent in personal care applications
CN101365493A (en) Keratin-binding effector molecules, and method for the production thereof
EP1642561A1 (en) Cosmetic composition containing sulfonated polymers with sulfone groups
DE10032166A1 (en) Cosmetic or dermatological formulation, e.g. hair colorant or formulation for treating skin damaged by aging, oxidation or light, contains physiologically-compatible thiosulfonic acid, e.g. thiotaurine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20080820

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20090803

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R003

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION HAS BEEN REFUSED

18R Application refused

Effective date: 20120203